Nissan - LEAF - Owners Manual - 2013 - 2013 (2)

2013 NISSAN LEAF 2013 LEAF OWNER'S MANUAL ZE0-D ZE0-D Printing: January 2013 (08) Publication No.: OM3E 0ZE0U0 Printed in USA For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence. It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control. This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle. A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a separate Customer Care/ Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your state’s lemon law. In additional factory installed options, your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer prior to delivery. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions, and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us. READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle. WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers! • NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. • ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions. • ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you. • ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat. • ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle. • ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information. MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties. WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model. Therefore, you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle. All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action. IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways: Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration. WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely. [ ]: Indicates a key/item displayed on the screen. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully. If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen”. If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle. WARNING Certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material. The following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.” Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. © 2012 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES ... Both NISSAN and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the You can write to NISSAN with the information at: certified LEAF dealer cannot assist you with or following information: For U.S. customers you would like to provide NISSAN directly with • Your name, address, and telephone number Nissan North America, Inc. comments or questions, please contact the • Vehicle identification number (attached to the Consumer Affairs Department NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our P.O. Box 685003 top of the instrument panel on the driver’s side) toll-free number: Franklin, TN 37068-5003 • Date of purchase or via e-mail at: For U.S. customers • Current odometer reading [email protected] 1-877-NOGASEV For Canadian customers • Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer’s name (1-877-664-2738) Nissan Canada Inc. • Your comments or questions For Canadian customers 5290 Orbitor Drive 1-800-387-0122 OR Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada. com If you prefer, visit us at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customer) or www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers) We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle. Table of contents Illustrated table of contents 0 EV Overview EV Charging CH Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4 Starting and driving 5 In case of emergency 6 Appearance and care 7 Maintenance and do-it yourself 8 Technical and consumer information 9 Index 10 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-2 .0-3 .0-4 .0-5 Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel. . . . . . . . Meters and gauges . . . . . . Motor compartment . . . . . . Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6 . .0-8 . .0-9 .0-10 .0-11 SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) 10. Rear seats (P 1-4) 11. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (P 1-34) 12. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) — Advanced Air Bag System (P 1-40) 13. Front passenger air bag status light (P 2-19) 1. Rear headrests (P 1-4) 2. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap child restraint) (P 1-30) 3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bags (P 1-34) 4. Seat belts (P 1-7) 0-2 Illustrated table of contents 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Front head restraints (P 1-4) Seat belt pretensioners (P 1-47) Front seats (P 1-3) Supplemental front-impact air bags (P 1-34) LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system (P 1-19) EXTERIOR FRONT 9. Front camera (if so equipped) (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 10. Recovery hook (P 6-15) 11. Fog lights* — Switch operation (P 2-45) — Bulb replacement (P 8-23) 12. Tires — Wheels and tires (P 8-26, P. 9-6) — Flat tire (P 6-3) — Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P 2-16, P. 5-2) 13. Doors — Keys (P 3-2) — Door locks (P 3-3) — NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P 3-6) — Security system (P 2-35) 14. Child safety rear door lock ( if so equipped) (P 3-6) 1. Charge port lid (P 3-18) 2. Hood (P 3-16) 3. Headlight and turn signal lights — Switch operation (P 2-42) — Bulb replacement (P 8-22) 4. Windshield wiper and washer — Switch operation (P 2-38) — Blade replacement (P 8-13) — Window washer fluid (P 8-10) 5. Side camera (if so equipped) (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 6. Outside mirrors (P 3-23) 7. Power windows (P 2-54) 8. License plate installation (P 9-9) Illustrated table of contents 0-3 EXTERIOR REAR 6. Antenna (P 4-44) — Satellite radio antenna (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 7. Rear combination lights — Bulb replacement (P 8-23) 8. Rear hatch (P 3-17) — NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P 3-6) 1. Rear view camera* (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 2. Rear window wiper and washer — Switch operation (P 2-40) — Window washer fluid (P 8-10) 0-4 Illustrated table of contents 3. High-mounted stop light — Bulb replacement (P 8-23) 4. Rear window defroster (P 2-41) 5. Solar cell module* (P EV-30) PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 6. Cargo area — Cargo cover* (if so equipped) (P 2-52) — EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) (P CH-11) 7. Tools (P 6-13) 8. Heated seat switch (P 2-47) 9. Console box (P 2-52) 10. Door armrest — Power window switch (P 2-54) — Power door lock switch (P 3-5) — Outside mirror remote control switch (P 3-23) 11. Front cup holders (P 2-50) 1. Ceiling light (P 2-57) 2. Sun visors (P 3-21) 3. Map lights (P 2-57) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System microphone (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 4. Sunglasses holder (P 2-51) 5. Inside rearview mirror (P 3-22) — HomeLink®* (if so equipped) (P 2-58) Illustrated table of contents 0-5 COCKPIT 1. TRIP switch for twin trip odometer (P 2-6) 2. Trip computer switch (P 2-27) 0-6 Illustrated table of contents 3. Instrument brightness control switch (P 2-41) 4. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turn signal switch — Headlight (P 2-42) — Turn signal light (P 2-44) — Fog light (if so equipped) (P 2-45) 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) — Driving range button (if so equipped) — Audio control — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control 6. Steering wheel — Power steering system (P 5-19) — Horn (P 2-46) — Driver’s supplemental air bag (P 1-34) 7. Wiper and washer switch (P 2-38) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) — Cruise control switches (P 5-15) — ECO button (if so equipped) (P 2-46) 9. Fuse box cover (P 8-16) 10. Charge timer OFF switch(P 2-49) 11. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P 2-48) 12. Charge connector lock switch (P CH-18) 13. Charge port lid opener switch (P 2-49) 14. Heated steering wheel (if so equipped)(P 2-45) 15. Tilting steering wheel lever (P 3-20) 16. Heated seat switch (P 2-47) 17. Shift lever (P 5-12) 18. Storage tray (P 2-50) Illustrated table of contents 0-7 INSTRUMENT PANEL 9. Power switch (P 5-7) 10. iPod® connector/USB connector (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 11. Power outlet (P 2-50) 12. Auxiliary input jack (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 13. Front passenger air bag status light/ (P 2-19)/Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light (P 2-14) 14. Heater and air conditioner control (P 4-7) 15. Glove box (P 2-52) 1. Side vents (P 4-6) 2. Meters and gauges (P 2-5) 3. Center multi-function control panel (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) — Navigation system — Vehicle information and setting buttons — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System 0-8 Illustrated table of contents — Audio system 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P 6-2) 5. Center vents (P 4-6) 6. Rear window defroster switch (P 2-41) 7. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P 1-34) 8. Hood release handle (P 3-16) METERS AND GAUGES This vehicle is equipped with an upper display and a lower display. 1. Master warning light (P 2-18) 2. ECO indicator (P 2-10) 3. Speedometer (P 2-6) 4. Clock (P 2-11) 5. Outside air temperature (P 2-10) 6. Turn signal/Hazard indicator light (P 2-21) 7. Li-ion battery temperature gauge (P 2-7) 8. Warning/indicator lights (P 2-12) 9. Power meter (P 2-7) 10. ECO indicator (P 2-10) 11. READY to drive indicator light (P 2-20) 12. Dot matrix liquid crystal display (P 2-22) — Odometer/twin trip odometer (P 2-6) — Trip computer (P 2-27) — Shift “P” warning (if so equipped) (P 2-26) — Indicator for timer (P 2-35) 13. Driving range (P 2-8) 14. Li-ion battery available charge gauge (P 2-9) 15. Li-ion battery capacity level gauge (P 2-10) Upper display and lower display Illustrated table of contents 0-9 MOTOR COMPARTMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 0-10 Illustrated table of contents Brake fluid reservoir (P 8-10) 12-volt battery (P 8-11) Fuse/fusible link holder (P 8-16) Fuse/fusible link holder (P 8-16) Coolant tank cap (P 8-7) Window washer fluid reservoir (P 8-10) Fuse/fusible link holder (P 8-16) WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light Name 12-volt battery charge warning light Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Page 2-13 Name Page Warning light Name Page EV system warning light 2-16 Supplemental air bag warning light 2-18 Headlight warning light 2-16 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light 2-19 Low battery charge warning light 2-16 Low tire pressure warning light 2-16 Master warning light (red/ yellow) 2-18 Power steering warning light 2-18 Seat belt warning light 2-18 2-14 Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light 2-14 BRAKE system warning light (yellow) 2-14 BRAKE warning light (red) 2-15 Electric shift control system warning light Warning light 2-16 Illustrated table of contents 0-11 Indicator light Name Page Indicator light Name Page Exterior light indicator 2-19 Turn signal/hazard indicator lights 2-21 Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) 2-19 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light 2-21 Front passenger air bag status light 2-19 High beam indicator light (blue) 2-20 Plug in indicator light 2-20 Power limitation indicator light 2-20 READY to drive indicator light 2-20 Security indicator light 2-21 0-12 Illustrated table of contents EV Overview The EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Driving with a discharged Li-ion battery . . . . . . .EV-3 Charging the 12-volt battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 High voltage precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-7 High-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-7 Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Emergency shut-off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 EV (Electric Vehicle) characteristics . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Noise and vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-10 Life with an EV (scene guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-10 Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-10 Before driving your vehicle (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-13 Starting your vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 At home after driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Improve driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Li-ion battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-24 Li-ion battery maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-24 EV unique information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25 Meters and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25 Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-28 Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-29 LED headlight (low beam) (if so equipped) . . . .EV-29 Solar cell module (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . .EV-30 Driving range button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . .EV-30 THE EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM The LEAF is an electric vehicle. Some of the vehicle’s systems operate differently and have different operating characteristics than vehicles equipped with an internal combustion engine. It is important to carefully review the entire Owner’s Manual for this reason. The main difference is the LEAF is powered by electricity. The LEAF does not require and it is not capable of using gasoline like a vehicle powered by a traditional internal combustion engine. The LEAF uses electricity stored in the lithium ion (Li-ion) battery. The vehicle Li-ion battery must be charged with electricity before the vehicle can be driven. As the vehicle operates, the Li-ion battery gradually discharges. If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged, the vehicle will not operate until it is re-charged. The charging process usually takes from approximately 30 minutes to 21 hours as described more fully in this manual. This vehicle uses two types of batteries. One is the 12-volt battery that is the same as the battery in vehicles powered by gasoline engines, the other is the Li-ion battery (high voltage). The 12-volt battery provides power to the vehicle systems and features such as the audio system, supplemental restraint systems, headlights and windshield wipers. EV-2 EV Overview LI-ION BATTERY The Li-ion battery provides power to the electric motor (traction motor) that moves the vehicle. The Li-ion battery also charges the 12-volt battery. The vehicle must be plugged in for the Li-ion battery to be charged. Additionally, the vehicle system can extend the vehicle range by converting driving force into electricity that is stored in the Li-ion battery while the vehicle is decelerating or being driven downhill. This is called regenerative brake. This vehicle is considered to be an environmentally friendly vehicle because it does not emit exhaust gases, such as carbon dioxide and nitrogen oxide. WARNING Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion high voltage battery. If the Li-ion battery is disposed of improperly, there is a risk of severe burns and electrical shock that may result in serious injury or death and there is also a risk of environmental damage. CAUTION To prevent damage to the Li-ion battery: • Do not expose a vehicle to extreme ambient temperatures for extended periods. • Do not store a vehicle in temperatures below ⴑ13°F (ⴑ25°C) for over seven days. • Do not leave your vehicle for over 14 days where the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero (state of charge). • Do not use the Li-ion battery for any other purpose. NOTE: • If the outside temperature is ⴑ13°F (ⴑ25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery may freeze and it cannot be charged or provide power to run the vehicle. Move the vehicle to a warm location. • The capacity of the Li-ion battery in your vehicle to hold a charge will, like all such batteries, decrease with time and usage. As the battery ages and capacity decreases, this will result in a decrease from the vehicle’s initial mileage range. This is normal, expected, and not indicative of any defect in your Li-ion battery. NISSAN estimates that battery capacity will be approximately 80% of original capacity after five years, although this is only an estimate, and this percentage may vary (and could be significantly lower) depending on individual vehicle and Li-ion battery usage. • The Li-ion battery has limited service life, and when its charging capacity falls below a specific level, the EV system warning light will illuminate. Owners should bring their vehicle in for inspection and possible battery replacement. • The Li-ion battery has a limited service life. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for information about recycling or disposal of the Li-ion battery. Do not attempt to recycle or dispose of the Li-ion battery yourself. DRIVING WITH A DISCHARGED LI-ION BATTERY When a destination is set in the navigation system that exceeds the available vehicle range, the navigation system automatically searches the location of nearby charging stations. When the nearby charging station locations are displayed, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible (models with navigation system). Warning lights illuminate on the instrument panel and messages are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display to inform you that the Li-ion battery charge is low. Instructions are also displayed on the navigation system screen to direct you to nearby charging stations (models with navigation system). The vehicle’s range is very limited when these warning lights illuminate and messages are displayed. Follow the instructions on the navigation screen (models with navigation system) and im- mediately charge the vehicle at the nearest charging station. EV Overview EV-3 There are three levels of information that will be displayed as the Li-ion battery becomes discharged: 1. The following warning lights illuminate on the instrument panel and messages are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal system screen display at the same time to indicate low Li-ion battery charge: • The low battery charge warning light • The master warning light • “Li-ion battery level is Low” warning message is displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display • See ⬙16. Li-ion battery low charge warning ⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. • Messages are displayed on navigation system screen (if so equipped) • See ⬙Low battery warning⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. EV-4 EV Overview 1 . • The driving range flashes 䊊 NOTE: Due to traffic conditions, it may be difficult to get to the charging station suggested by the navigation system. If the Li-ion battery is almost completely discharged, drive directly to the nearest charging station (models with navigation system). 2. If the vehicle is driven and the Li-ion battery continues to discharge, the driving range on 2 . the instrument panel changes to “---” 䊊 Messages are displayed on the Navigation System screen (if so equipped). For more information, see “Low battery warning” in the “Instruments and controls” section. 3. When the power limitation indicator light illuminates, traction motor output is limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe location before the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged and there is no power available to drive the vehicle. Contact Roadside assistance service shown in your NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet. See ⬙If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged⬙ in the ⬙In case of emergency⬙ section. CHARGING THE 12-VOLT BATTERY The 12-volt battery is charged automatically using electricity stored in the Li-ion battery. When the 12-volt battery is being charged, the charge status indicator light on the instrument panel flashes. (except when charging the Li-ion battery or the power switch is in the READY to drive position.) See ⬙Charge status indicator light⬙ in the ⬙Charge⬙ section. While vehicle is driven The Li-ion battery charges the 12-volt battery as necessary when the power switch is in the READY to drive position or ON position. The 12-volt battery is not charged in the following conditions. • When the power switch is in ACC position. • When the power switch is in ON position and shift position is in the N (Neutal) position. While the vehicle is not in use When the EV (Electric Vehicle) system is off for an extended time, the 12-volt battery may be automatically charged for a short period of time on a regular basis. LI-ION BATTERY WARMER CAUTION The Li-ion battery warmer does not operate if the available Li-ion battery charge is less than approximately 30% and the charger is not connected to the vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not leave the vehicle in an environment if temperatures may go below -1°F (-17°C) unless the vehicle is connected to a charger. The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing and helps to prevent significant reductions in the Li-ion battery output when the temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns on when the Li-ion battery temperature is approximately -1°F (-17°C) or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns off when the Li-ion battery temperture is approximately 14°F (-10°C) or higher. The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from an external source when a charger is connected to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from the Li-ion battery when the charger is not connected to the vehicle. NOTE: • Connect the charger to the vehicle and place the power switch in the OFF position when parking the vehicle if temperatures may go below -1°F (-17°C). This provides external power to the Li-ion battery warmer when it operates and does not discharge the Li-ion battery. • The charging status indicator lights illuminate in a specific pattern when the Liion battery warmer operates. The charging status indicator lights use the same pattern to indicate 12-volt battery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate Control operation (models with navigation system). The charging status indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion battery warmer operates at the same time as the above features. See ⴖCharge status indicator lightⴖ in the ⴖChargingⴖ section. EV Overview EV-5 • The Li-ion battery warmer uses Li-ion battery power to operate, even if the vehicle is connected to a charger when: – the vehicle’s power switch is in the ON position. – there is no electrical power being supplied to the charging equipment. • When the Li-ion battery warmer is already in operation using an external power source, it will continue to use the external power even if the power switch is placed in the ON position. • Vehicle driving range is reduced if the Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion battery temperature approximately -1°F (-17°C) or colder) while driving the vehicle. You may need to charge the Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer temperatures. • The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. • The predicted charging time displayed on the meter and navigation system (models with navigation system) increases when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. EV-6 EV Overview • Climate control performance is reduced when using the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control (models with navigation system) while the Li-ion battery warmer operates. • The Li-ion battery may not charge to the expected level using the charging timer when [Start Time] (models with navigation system) and [End Time] are set while the Li-ion battery warmer operates. • Set the charging timer [End Time] when charging in cold weather. The vehicle automatically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Charging ends before the set end time if the Li-ion battery is fully charged. HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS WARNING • The EV (Electric Vehicle) system uses high voltage up to approximately DC 400 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Follow the warning labels that are attached to the vehicle. • Never disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts and cables as well as their connectors because they can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death. High-voltage cables are colored orange. The vehicle high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for any necessary maintenance. High-voltage components 1. Traction motor and reduction gear 4. High-voltage orange) 2. Power delivery module (PDM) (Charger, DC/DC Converter, Junction Box) 5. Li-ion battery 3. Traction motor inverter 6. Service plug wire harnesses (colored EV Overview EV-7 ROAD ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS WARNING In case of a collision: • If your vehicle is drivable, pull your vehicle off the road, push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever, apply the parking brake and turn the EV (Electric Vehicle) system off. • Check your vehicle to see if there are exposed high-voltage parts or cables. For their locations, see ⴖHigh voltage components⬙. To avoid personal injury, never touch high-voltage wiring, connectors, and other high-voltage parts, such as inverter unit and Li-ion battery. An electric shock may occur if exposed electric wires are visible when viewed from inside or outside of your vehicle. Therefore, never touch exposed electric wires. • If the vehicle receives a strong impact to the floor while driving, stop the vehicle in a safe location and check the floor. EV-8 EV Overview • Leaks or damage to the Li-ion battery may result in a fire. If you discover them, contact emergency services immediately. Since the fluid leak may be lithium manganate from the Li-ion battery, never touch the fluid leak inside or outside the vehicle. If the fluid contacts your skin or eyes, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water and receive immediate medical attention to help avoid serious injury. • If a fire occurs in the EV (Electric Vehicle), leave the vehicle as soon as possible. Only use a type ABC, BC or C fire extinguisher that is meant for use on electrical fires. Using a small amount of water or the incorrect fire extinguisher can result in serious injury or death from electrical shock. • If your vehicle needs to be towed, do it with the front wheels raised. If the front wheels are on the ground when towing, the traction motor may generate electricity. This may damage the components of the EV (Electric Vehicle) system and cause a fire. • If you are not able to safely assess the vehicle due to vehicle damage, do not touch the vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contact emergency services. Advise 1st responders that this is an electric vehicle. • In the event of an accident that requires body repair and painting, the vehicle should be delivered to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to have the Li-ion battery pack and high voltage parts such as the inverter, including the wiring harness, removed prior to painting. Li-ion battery packs exposed to heat in the paint booth will experience capacity loss. Damaged Liion battery packs may also pose safety risks to untrained mechanics and repair personnel. EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) CHARACTERISTICS NOTE: EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SYSTEM The emergency shut-off system is activated and the high-voltage system automatically turns off in the following conditions: - Front and side collisions in which the air bags are deployed. - Certain rear collisions. - Certain EV (Electric Vehicle) system malfunctions For the above collisions and certain other EV (Electric Vehicle) system malfunctions, the READY to drive indicator light will turn off. See ⬙Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. The emergency shut-off activates for the above collisions to minimize risk of an event that could cause injury or an accident. If the emergency shut-off system activates, the EV system may not be switched to READY to drive position, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Even if the power switch is switched to READY to drive position, the system may shut-off suddenly. Therefore, drive cautiously to the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible. WARNING • Pay special attention to pedestrians. Because there is no engine noise, pedestrians may not know the vehicle is approaching, moving or about to move, and may step into the path of vehicle travel. • When leaving the vehicle, be sure to turn off the EV (Electric Vehicle) system. • Be sure to push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever and apply the parking brake when parking because the vehicle can move when the READY to drive indicator light is ON. When the READY to drive indicator light is ON, do not leave your vehicle in a shift position other than the P (Park) position. • Keep the brake pedal depressed until you are ready to drive. When the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position or ECO or R (Reverse) position, if you release the brake pedal and do not depress accelerator, the vehicle will creep and may start abruptly. This may cause serious injury or death. • The vehicle cannot run with a discharged Li-ion battery. Repeated acceleration consumes more power from the Li-ion battery than driving at a steady speed. • This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is “engine braking” that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions. • In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator pedal is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration. • When you put the shift lever in the ECO position (models without navigation system) or B position (models with navigation system) and take your foot off the accelerator pedal, more regenerative brake is applied than in the D (Drive) position. • Less deceleration is provided by the regenerative brake system when the Li-ion battery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is automatically reduced when the EV Overview EV-9 LIFE WITH AN EV (SCENE GUIDE) Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. Regenerating brake is also automatically reduced when the battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/ blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery damage. • The brake pedal should be used to slow or stop the vehicle depending on traffic or road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not affected by regenerative brake system operation. EV-10 EV Overview NOISE AND VIBRATION You might experience the following noise or vibration as a normal characteristic of this vehicle. • Traction motor noise from motor compartment. • Water pump and radiator fan noise while charging. • Compressor and radiator fan noise when the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control (models with navigation system) is used. • Relay operation noise and vibration at start-up and shut-down of the EV (Electric Vehicle) system (power switch placed in the ON and OFF position). • Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP). This section provides a brief explanation for the most important LEAF functions. Refer to the specific sections of this manual for detailed explanations of the vehicle features and operation. CHARGING THE LI-ION BATTERY WARNING The EV (Electric Vehicle) system uses a high voltage current. Failure to follow the proper handling instructions may cause serious injury or death. Be sure to read the ⴖCharge⬙ section and follow the procedures and guidelines described. EV Overview EV-11 EV-12 EV Overview BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM) mate control⬙ in the ⬙Heater and air conditioner systems⬙ section. The Li-ion battery charging status and the Li-ion battery warmer operation can be checked using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer at home. You may also choose to have SMS messages (text messages) sent to a cellular phone. Additionally, the heater and air conditioner of the vehicle can be set to operate using the Climate Ctrl. Timer function or A/C-heater remote function, if necessary. See ⬙Remote cli- • To check the Li-ion battery charging status or to use the remote heater and air conditioner using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer, the following conditions must be met: – The vehicle must be located in a cellular phone or smart phone coverage area. NOTE: – The internet enabled cellular phone or smart phone must be located in a cellular phone or smart phone coverage area. – The computer must be connected to the internet. – A cellular phone must be used to communicate with the vehicle. – A cellular phone capable of text messaging must be used to receive text message regarding vehicle charge status. • The remote heater and cooler can adjust the in-cabin temperature. • When the charge connector is disconnected from the vehicle, the heater and air conditioner operates using vehicle Li-ion battery electric power. • If the remote heater and air conditioner function and Li-ion battery charging are performed at the same time, Li-ion battery charging will take longer than usual due to the power used to heat or cool the vehicle. EV Overview EV-13 Checking Li-ion battery charging status The Li-ion battery charge status can be checked on the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center website via an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. EV-14 EV Overview If the Li-ion battery is not sufficiently charged, you can start charging the Li-ion battery via the remote charge function. See ⬙Charging related remote function⬙ in the ⬙Charging⬙ section. Operating the climate control system before driving The vehicle heating and air conditioning system can be turned on via remote control with an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. This allows the interior of the vehicle to be heated or cooled while the vehicle is charging. This reduces the load on the Li-ion battery while the vehicle is being driven and can help increase the vehicle driving range. See ⬙Remote climate control⬙ in the ⬙Heater and air conditioner systems⬙ section. EV Overview EV-15 Notification of the Li-ion battery warmer operation You can be notified the Li-ion battery warmer operation on the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center website via an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. EV-16 EV Overview When the power switch is in the OFF position and charge connector is not connected, if the Li-ion battery warmer starts or stops, it notifies you to connect the charger to the vehicle. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. 5. Check the Li-ion battery level and the estimated driving range shown on the meter. See ⬙Driving range⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. NOTE: STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Press the power switch. 3. Check that the READY to drive indicator light illuminates and the start up sound is audible. See ⬙Ready to drive indicator light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. 4. For models with navigation system: If route guidance is necessary, enter the destination in the navigation system. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. • Before driving, compare the driving distance to the destination displayed on the navigation screen with the estimated driving range shown on the meter. Determine if it will be necessary to charge the Li-ion battery before or while driving to your planned destination (models with navigation system). • If it is necessary to charge the Li-ion battery, use the navigation system to search for available charging stations on your planned driving route (models with navigation system). EV Overview EV-17 DRIVING THE VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Release the parking brake. 3. Move the selector lever into the D (Drive) position. When released, the selector lever returns to its original center position. 4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position. The indicator next to the “D” by the selector lever illuminates and “D” is displayed on the meter. 5. Release the brake pedal. 6. Depress the accelerator pedal and start driving. There are following gear positions for driving the vehicle forward: • Use the D (Drive) position for optimum driving performance. • Use the B position for downhill driving. When the B position is used, more regenerative brake is applied when the accelerator pedal is released in comparison to the D (Drive) position (with navigation system). See ⬙Driving vehicle⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. EV-18 EV Overview Use the ECO position for maximum vehicle range and for city driving. The ECO position helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position and reduces the power provided to the heating and air conditioner system. Without navigation system model: When the ECO position is used, more regenerative brake is applied when the accelerator pedal is released in comparison to the D (Drive) position. NOTE: The regenerative brake converts the vehicle’s forward motion to electric power to help slow the vehicle. While the vehicle is being driven you can check your own ECO drive level on the ECO indicator. See ⬙ECO indicator⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. EV Overview EV-19 If the low battery charge warning light illuminates, the Li-ion battery charge is too low for travel. See ⬙Empty light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. EV-20 EV Overview Parking the vehicle 1. When stopping the vehicle, push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever while depressing the brake pedal. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position by checking the shift indicator located near the selector lever or on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Push the power switch to the OFF position. 4. If a parking lot is equipped with charging facilities, charge the Li-ion battery as necessary. See ⬙Charge⬙ section. EV Overview EV-21 NOTE: AT HOME AFTER DRIVING Charging the Li-ion battery When you return home, connect the vehicle to the charging station installed at your home using the normal charge connector. Charge the vehicle or set the charging timer function to have the vehicle charge at a specific time. See ⬙Charging timer⬙ in the ⬙Charge⬙ section. 1. When the power switch is turned off, the settings of the charging timer, and the Climate Ctrl. Timer and the charge connector lock EV-22 EV Overview functions are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. See ⬙Dot matrix liquid crystal display⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. 2. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. See ⬙Charge port lid⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. 3. Connect the charge connector to the vehicle. 4. When a charging timer is turned on, charging starts at the set time. When a charging timer is not turned on, charging starts immediately. • Charging can be started remotely, even if charging timer is set up. • When you have forgotten to connect the charge connector at home, there is a function that can notify you via text message capable cellular phone, internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. See ⴖCharging related remote functionⴖ in the ⴖChargeⴖ section (models with navigation system). • NISSAN recommends that you connect the normal charge cable when getting out of the vehicle, even if it is not going to be used. By doing this, you can get the most out of the remote climate control (models with navigation system) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you use the vehicle. EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE RANGE The distance you can drive the vehicle (range) varies considerably depending upon available charge, weather, temperature, usage, battery age, topography, and driving style. Vehicle range depends on a number of factors. When the Li-ion battery is new, the estimated vehicle range with a fully charged Li-ion battery is approximately 100 miles (160 km) based on the EPA laboratory test commonly called the LA4 mode drive cycle. This test represents city driving conditions. Your actual range can vary, either initially or as the battery ages and with use over time. The majority of drivers will experience vehicle ranges between 62 to 138 miles (99 to 222 km) based on the many factors that affect vehicle range. See ⬙Improve driving range⬙ later in this section for information of the factors that affect vehicle range and how to use the vehicle to maximize vehicle range. IMPROVE DRIVING RANGE Vehicle range depends on a number of factors. Actual vehicle range will vary depending upon: • speed, • vehicle load, • electrical load from vehicle accessories, • traffic and road conditions. NISSAN recommends the following driving habits to help maximize vehicle range: Before driving: • Follow recommended periodic maintenance. • Keep tires inflated to correct pressure. • Keep wheels in correct alignment. • Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin while the vehicle is charging. • Remove unnecessary cargo from the vehicle. While driving: • Drive in ECO mode – In the ECO position more regenerative brake is applied when the accelerator pedal is released in comparison to the D (Drive) position and more power is provided to the Li-ion battery (models with navigation system). – The ECO position helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position. – The ECO position reduces the power provided to the heater and air conditioner system. • Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator positions or by using cruise control when appropriate. • Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently press and release the accelerator pedal for acceleration and deceleration. • Drive at moderate speeds on the highway. • Avoid frequent stopping and braking. Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles. • Turn off the air conditioner/heater when it is not necessary. • Select a moderate temperature setting for heating or cooling to help reduce power consumption. • Use the air conditioner/heater and close windows to reduce drag when cruising at highway speed. • Vehicle range may be substantially reduced in extremely cold conditions (for example -4°F (-20°C)). • Using the climate control system to heat the cabin when outside temperature is below 32°F (0°C) uses more electricity and affects vehicle range more than when using the heater when the temperature is above 32°F (0°C). EV Overview EV-23 • Release the accelerator pedal to slow down and do not apply the brakes when traffic and road conditions allow. – This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is “engine braking” that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions. In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and some power to the Li-ion battery. LI-ION BATTERY LIFE The Li-ion battery’s ability to hold a charge, like all batteries, decreases with battery age and usage which results in decreased vehicle range when compared to the vehicle range when the vehicle was new. This is normal and expected, and does not indicate a malfunction of the vehicle or Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery’s ability to hold a charge can be affected by how you drive the vehicle, store the vehicle, how you charge the Li-ion battery and Li-ion battery temperature during vehicle operation and charging. EV-24 EV Overview To maximize vehicle range, NISSAN recommends using the default setting, long distance mode (100% charge). To maximize the battery’s useful life, use the following driving and charging habits where possible: • Avoid exposing a vehicle to extreme ambient temperatures for extended periods. • Avoid storing a vehicle in temperatures below ⳮ13°F (ⳮ25°C) for over 7 days. • Avoid leaving your vehicle for over 14 days where the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero (state of charge). • Allow the vehicle and Li-ion battery to cool down after use before charging. • Park/store your vehicle in cool locations out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources. • Avoid sustained high battery temperatures (caused, for example, by exposure to very high ambient temperatures or extending highway driving with multiple quick charges). • Use the normal charging or trickle charging methods to charge the Li-ion battery and minimize the use of public Fast Charge or Quick Charger. • Avoid sustained high battery state of charge (caused, for example, by frequently charging to 100% state of charge and/or leaving the battery above 80% state of charge for long periods of time). • Allow the battery charge to be below at least 80% before charging. • Moderate driving. • Use of ECO mode. • If the vehicle will not be used for an extended period of time, charge the Li-ion battery using the long life mode once every 3 months. Do not operate the charging timer repeatedly while the charge connector is connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion battery charging is completed. Doing so may discharge the 12-volt battery. The power of the Li-ion battery can be checked on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge. See ⬙Li-ion battery available charge gauge⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ for details. LI-ION BATTERY MAINTENANCE In addition to the regular maintenance recommended by NISSAN, the LEAF requires some special Li-ion battery inspections. • See the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet for significant limitations, exclusions and possible voiding of your warranty resulting from failure to have these necessary inspections, repairs and/or adjustments performed. • See the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for a detailed explanation of the Li-ion battery inspection and intervals. EV UNIQUE INFORMATION METERS AND INDICATORS The vehicle has two displays to provide information regarding vehicle operation: • Upper display • Lower display Upper display Master warning lights: The master warning lights are located in the upper display. The master warning lights illuminate when any warning lights or indicators illuminate in the lower display or when messages are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. For additional information, see ⬙Master warning light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. EV Overview EV-25 ECO indicator: This indicator provides instant information about how efficiently the vehicle is being operated. You can see how changing your driving style or operation of vehicle accessories affects power consumption. For additional information, see ⬙ECO indicator⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. EV-26 EV Overview Lower display Li-ion battery temperature gauge: This gauge displays the temperature of the Li-ion battery. For additional information, see ⬙Li-ion battery temperature gauge⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. Power meter: This meter displays the actual traction motor power consumption and the regenerative brake power provided to the Li-ion battery. For additional information, see ⬙Power meter⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. Driving range: This indicator displays the estimated driving range (calculated based on a program that accounts for current driving style and operational conditions) that can be driven before recharging is necessary. Li-ion battery available charge gauge: This gauge displays the available Li-ion battery power remaining to drive the vehicle. Li-ion battery capacity level gauge: This gauge displays the available capacity of the Li-ion battery remaining to store power. For additional information, see ⬙Li-ion battery available charge gauge⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. For additional information, see ⬙Li-ion battery capacity level gauge⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙. For additional information, see ⬙Driving range⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. EV Overview EV-27 3. 12-volt battery charge warning light 4. Plug in indicator light 5. READY to drive indicator light 6. Power limitation indicator light 7. EV system warning light 8. Electric shift control system warning light 9. Brake system warning light (yellow) 10. Low battery charge warning light 11. Headlight warning light 12. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light For additional information, see ⬙Warning/ indicator lights and audible reminders⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system is a function that uses sound to alert pedestrians of the presence of the vehicle when it is being driven at a low speed. Warning and indicator lights The EV (Electric Vehicle) system uses the following EV (Electric Vehicle) specific warning and indicator lights. 1. Master warning light (red) 2. Master warning light (yellow) EV-28 EV Overview When the vehicle starts to move, it produces a sound. The sound stops when the vehicle speed is more than 19 MPH (30 km/h) while accelerating. The sound starts when the vehicle speed is less than 16 MPH (25 km/h) while decelerating. For additional information, see ⬙Driving vehicle⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. The sound stops when the vehicle stops. The sound does not stop with the vehicle in the R (Reverse) position even if the vehicle stops. LED HEADLIGHT (LOW BEAM) (IF SO EQUIPPED) WARNING • If the sound cannot be heard, pedestrians may not notice the oncoming vehicle, which may cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death. Immediately contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for VSP system inspection. • If the VSP system warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. See ⴖApproaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning lightⴖ in the ⴖInstruments and controls⬙ section. This vehicle uses a LED headlight for the headlight low beam. The LED headlight has the following features. • Low power consumption • The shape is very compact. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to replace the headlight. ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with an electric shift control system. This control system has three features. • Smooth and easy shift selector operation. • To place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever. • The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the power switch is placed in the OFF position. EV Overview EV-29 NOTE: The solar cell may not provide full charging power in the following situations. • When the intensity of sunlight is weak. • When the solar cell module is in the shade. • When the solar cell module is covered by leaves or dirt. Solar cell module on the rear spoiler SOLAR CELL MODULE (IF SO EQUIPPED) This vehicle uses a solar cell module to provide power to the 12-volt battery. The solar cell module only provides power to help maintain the charge of the 12-volt battery; it will not recharge a discharged 12-volt battery. The solar cell module does not provide power to the Li-ion battery. For maintenance, see ⬙Cleaning exterior⬙ in the ⬙Appearance and care⬙ section. EV-30 EV Overview DRIVING RANGE BUTTON (IF SO EQUIPPED) Push the driving range button on the steering wheel to check the estimated distance the vehicle may be driven with the available Li-ion battery charge. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. Charging Precautions on charging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of charge and how to charge the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to trickle charge (if so equipped). . . . . How to quick charge (if so equipped) . . . . . Charge connector lock switch . . . . . . . . . If the charge connector can not be unlocked . Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 . . . . . . . . . .CH-5 . .CH-9 .CH-11 .CH-15 .CH-18 .CH-20 .CH-21 .CH-21 Long life mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging related remote function (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging related indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . Charging status indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-26 .CH-31 .CH-31 .CH-33 .CH-33 .CH-36 .CH-38 PRECAUTIONS ON CHARGING WARNING • If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation. • If you have an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, while the Li-ion battery is charging: – Do not stay inside the vehicle. – Do not go inside the vehicle, for example to remove or place an item in the passenger compartment. – Do not open the rear hatch, for example to remove or place an item in the cargo area. Charging may affect the operation of electric medical device and result in serious personal injury or death. CH-2 Charging • Make sure there is no water or foreign materials in the charge port, charge connector or electrical plug, and that they are not damaged or affected by rust or corrosion. If any of these conditions are noticeable, do not charge the Li-ion battery. This may result in a short circuit or electric shock and could cause a fire which may result in serious personal injury or death. • To avoid serious personal injury or death when the Li-ion battery is charging, be aware of the following precautions. – Do not touch the metal contacts of the charge port, charge connector or electrical plug. – Do not touch the vehicle and charger when there is lightning. A lightning strike may back feed into the charger causing damage and possible personal injury or death. • Make sure the charge connector is removed from the charge port before starting your vehicle. If the charge connector is only partially engaged and the connector latch is unlocked, it is possible to place the EV (Electric Vehicle) in the READY to drive position. • Do not plug in or unplug the plug with wet hands and do not stand in water, liquid or snow. This may cause an electric shock which may result in serious personal injury or death. • Do not disassemble or modify the charge port or the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment). This may cause a fire. • If you notice an unusual odor or smoke coming from the vehicle, stop charging immediately. • Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, the traction motor cooling fan. The cooling fan can start at any time during charging. • Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death. CAUTION • To prevent damage to the charging equipment: – Do not close the charge port lid without closing the cap. – Do not subject the charging equipment to impact. – Do not pull or twist the charge cable. – Do not drag the charge cable. – Do not store and use charging equipment in locations where the temperature is over 185°F (85°C). – Do not place the charging equipment close to a heater or other heat source. • Make sure the cap is closed on the charge port when charging is finished. If the charge port lid is closed when the cap is open, water or foreign materials may enter the charge port. • Do not charge when a vehicle body cover is in use. This may cause damage to the charge connector. • Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12-volt battery at the same time that the Li-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or charging equipment and could cause an injury. See ⴖJump startingⴖ in the ⴖIn case of emergency⬙ section. • Trickle charging is performed using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) provided with the vehicle. NISSAN recommends using an AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A, dedicated electrical circuit and outlet. The dedicated circuit is used to help prevent circuit damage or the circuit breaker from tripping due to the high draw of charging the Li-ion battery. If the dedicated circuit is not used, the circuit may cause adverse interference on MCB (Moulded Circuit Board) and household electrical appliances such as televisions and audio systems. If the circuit is shared, and another electrical device is being used at the same time the vehicle is charging, the breaker may trip. A licensed professional electrician should install a dedicated circuit if one is not already available. Charging CH-3 NOTE: • When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging. • If the charger is connected to the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive position, the power switch automatically changes to the ON position. Place the power switch in the OFF position to begin charging. • For your safety, if the charger is connected to the vehicle while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, the vehicle will automatically switch to the ON position. Because charging will not be started while the power switch is in this position, be sure to place the power switch in the OFF position. • When the ambient temperature is 32°F (0°C) or less, charging time may be longer than normal and the level to which the Li-ion battery can be charged may be less than at higher temperatures. CH-4 Charging • If the vehicle will not be used for an extended period of time, charge the Li-ion battery using the long life mode once every 3 months. Do not operate the charging timer repeatedly while the charge connector is connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion battery charging is completed. Doing so may discharge the 12-volt battery. For details of the long life mode charging method, see ⴖCharging timerⴖ. If the Li-ion battery becomes discharged, charge it immediately. • The power switch can be set to ON position and the climate control and navigation system (models with navigation system) can be used while the Li-ion battery is charging. However, because these operations consume Li-ion battery power, it will take longer for the Li-ion battery to become fully charged. Place the power switch in the OFF position to help reduce Li-ion battery charge time. • If electrical power is interrupted while charging, charging restarts automatically when the electrical power is restored. • It is recommended to keep the charge cable connected to save Li-ion battery power, when the heater and air conditioner are operating with remote operation (models with navigation system). • If the charge port is frozen, melt the ice using a hair dryer. After the ice has melted, charge the Li-ion battery. Forcing the charge connector to connect may cause a malfunction. • If foreign materials have entered the charge connector and charge port and it is not possible to connect it, do not attempt to force the connection. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Forcing the charge connector to connect may cause damage to the charging equipment and vehicle. • There is a hole on the charge port for water drainage. If the water drainage hole becomes blocked, or if water gets trapped inside the charge port, do not charge. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. TYPES OF CHARGE AND HOW TO CHARGE THE LI-ION BATTERY Charging CH-5 CH-6 Charging This vehicle is an electric vehicle and it requires electricity to operate. The Li-ion battery is the only source of power to operate the vehicle. It is important to conserve power and plan your charging needs when you drive to avoid completely discharging the Li-ion battery and being unable to drive. There are three methods available to charge the Li-ion battery; • Normal charge • Trickle charge • Quick charge (if so equipped) The time to completely charge the vehicle Li-ion battery varies, based on the state of charge of the Li-ion battery, condition and age of the Li-ion battery, ambient temperature and condition of the power source connected to the vehicle. The charging times provided in this manual are estimates only and may vary. Normal charge NISSAN recommends using normal charging for usual charging of the vehicle. Use of quick charge should be minimized in order to help prolong Li-ion battery life. Normal charging uses an SAE J1772 compliant charging device that can be installed on a dedicated 220V/240V circuit in your home. NISSAN recom- mends the installation of a home charging dock by a licensed professional electrician. NISSAN has contracted with a company to assist you in purchasing and installing a charger. Contact your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. It takes approximately 4–7 hours (depending on the charger) in order to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge warning light illuminated) to charged. See ⬙How to normal charge⬙. Trickle charge Trickle charging is not recommended for regular use. Trickle charge can be used when it is necessary to perform an emergency charge at a destination such as a friend’s house. Trickle charge uses the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) or an SAE J1772 compliant cord set to connect the vehicle to an AC 110 120 volt, 15A dedicated outlet. The outlet should be protected by a dedicated circuit breaker or fuse to avoid overloading the circuit or other electrical hazard. It takes approximately 21 hours to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge warning light illuminated) to charged. See ⬙How to trickle charge⬙. Quick charge (if so equipped) Quick charge capability is only available on vehicles manufactured with the quick charge option, which includes the quick charge port. If your vehicle does not have such a port, quick charging cannot be used. A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port is compatible with most CHAdeMO (Japanese industry standard) connectors on charging stations. Charging stations using this standard are UL certified and safe to use in the US. While supported by NISSAN, this connector may not become the US SAE standard. Quick charging is possible (even several times a day) if the battery temperature is not near the red zone. If the battery temperature reaches the red zone, in order to protect the battery, quick charging is not allowed and the power limitation mode will be triggered. Public charging: This vehicle is compatible with any public charging station that is SAE J1772 compliant. If you attempt to charge from a non-compliant charging station, you may not receive a complete charge, or you may not be able to charge at all due to hardware and software differences. NISSAN is Charging CH-7 working with state, municipalities utility companies and others to assist in the preparation of markets and infrastructure, but makes no representations that public charging stations will be available in locations where you wish to operate the vehicle, nor can NISSAN predict the period of time it may take for public charging infrastructure to be developed in your area. Depending on where you live or drive, there may not be sufficient public charging stations available to meet your particular needs for driving range and charging away from your home. Trip planning is therefore important, and you should plan trips with these facts in mind. Quick charge uses public charging stations (up to 50 kW of power). The time needed to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge warning light illuminated) to 80% charged using the a quick charger depends on many factors including the Li-ion battery temperature and the type of quick charger used. It may take more time to charge the Li-ion battery using the quick charger if the vehicle is parked in a cold location (for example below 32°F (0°C)) for a long time. CH-8 Charging Li-ion battery temperature gauge 3 or fewer segA 䊊 ments illuminated 10 or more segE 䊊 ments illuminated Estimated charge time More than approximately 90 minutes More than approximately 60 minutes NOTE: Charging time is typically limited to 60 minutes when using a quick charger. Press the start switch on the quick charger after it stops if additional charge time is necessary to reach an 80% charge. The Li-ion battery temperature gauge can be used to estimate the approximate time needed to charge the Li-ion battery to 80%. Li-ion battery tempera- Estimated charge ture gauge time 3 or fewer segMore than approxiA 䊊 ments illuminated mately 90 minutes 4-5 segments illu- Approximately 30-90 B 䊊 minated minutes 6-7 segments illu- Approximately 30 C 䊊 minated minutes 8-9 segments illu- Approximately 30-60 D 䊊 minated minutes See ⬙How to quick charge⬙. Power Limitation Mode This mode protects the health and operation of the vehicle’s Li-ion battery. This mode operates in certain extreme conditions (heat, cold, low state of charge). Power available to vehicle systems, including its traction motor, is limited resulting in limited performance, acceleration and top speed. Charging may be automatically terminated, especially with repeated quick charging in extreme hot weather. Checking Li-ion battery charge The three methods for checking amount of charge are as follows. • Check by using the Li-ion battery available charge gauge on the meter when the power switch is placed in the ON position. See ⬙Li-ion battery remaining energy gauge⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section and ⬙16. Li-ion battery low charge warning⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. • Check by using a cellular phone, smart phone or personal computer. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual (models with navigation system). • Check by using the charging status indicator light. See ⬙Charge status indicator light⬙. NOTE: • During the charge operation, charge continues when the power switch is placed in the ON position. • The Li-ion battery cannot be charged if the quick charge connector and the normal charge connector are connected at the same time. If another charge connector is connected mid-charge, charging will stop. • For safety reasons, it is not possible to switch to the READY to drive position while a charge connector is connected. • During charging, it is possible that the radio may be inaudible due to noise by the electromagnetic wave. HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE – Do not open the rear hatch, for example to remove or place an item in the cargo area. Charging may affect the operation of electric medical device and result in serious personal injury or death. • Be sure to follow the precautions for using the charger that can be installed in your home. Failing to do so could result in serious injury or death. WARNING • If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation. • If you have an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, while the Li-ion battery is charging: – Do not stay inside the vehicle. – Do not go inside the vehicle, for example to remove or place an item in the passenger compartment. CAUTION • Do not use any charging equipment that is not compatible with the LEAF. Doing so could prevent the Li-ion battery from charging properly or could result in damage to the vehicle or Liion battery. • Normal charge uses the charging device (AC 220 - 240 volt, 20A) that can be installed in your home to charge the Li-ion battery. • Immediate charge, charging timer and remote charge (models with navigation system) can be performed in the normal charge mode. See ⬙Charging timer⬙ and ⬙Charging related remote function⬙. Charging CH-9 • The Genuine NISSAN charging equipment communicates with the vehicle before Li-ion battery charging starts. If this communication does not occur because other equipment is used, the Li-ion battery will not charge. • NISSAN recommends that you connect the normal charge cable when getting out of the vehicle, even if it is not going to be used. By doing this, you can get the most out of the remote climate control (models with navigation system) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you use the vehicle. To start normal charge: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging. 3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. See ⬙Charge port lid⬙ and ⬙Charge port cap⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. CH-10 Charging 4. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once. 5. If charging has started or if the battery is waiting for charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will change. See ⬙Charging status indicator light⬙. To stop normal charge: 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is not engaged. For more information, see “Charge connector lock switch” in this section. 2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the charge connector from the charge port and properly store it. 3. After closing the charge port cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid. NOTE: • To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging automatically stops. HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (IF SO EQUIPPED) WARNING • If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation. • If you have an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, while the Li-ion battery is charging: – Do not stay inside the vehicle. – Do not go inside the vehicle, for example to remove or place an item in the passenger compartment. – Do not open the rear hatch, for example to remove or place an item in the cargo area. Charging may affect the operation of electric medical device and result in serious personal injury or death. • In order to avoid an electric shock or fire due to a short circuit, connect to GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit breaker and use a waterproof electrical ground socket. • The NISSAN Genuine EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) charging device provided with your vehicle draws 12amps continuously while charging the Li-ion battery. Do not plug in to any electrical circuit unless it is inspected by a licensed electrician to confirm that the electrical circuit can accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical circuit has a much higher likelihood of being compromised in the following conditions listed below. – Improper use of the charger may result in a fire and serious injury or death. – Do not use this charger in structures more than 40 years old. – Do not use this charger in structures using fuse-based circuit protection. Use only with electrical circuits protected by circuit breakers. – Do not use this charger on electrical circuits with two-prong outlets. – Do not use charger if outlet appears damaged or will not hold plug firmly. – Discontinue charger use immediately if plug or outlet becomes hot to the touch or if you notice any unusual odors. – Do not use charger if other devices are plugged into the same circuit. – Never use extension cords or plug adapters with charger. – Do not operate with a damaged cord. – Always unplug the charger when not in use. – When unplugging, be sure to pull by the plug and not the cord. – The device has parts that may spark inside. Do not use it where gasoline, paint, or flammable liquids are used or stored. Charging CH-11 – Do not use if a malfunction occurs or if charger has been damaged in any manner. Return to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement. – The charger contains no user serviceable parts. Do not attempt to repair the charger, doing so will void your warranty. • Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death. CH-12 Charging CAUTION • Only charge using a standard 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet (For example do not use an electric generator). Failure to do so may cause charging to fail and could cause damage to the Li-ion battery charging equipment due to power surges. • NISSAN recommends using genuine NISSAN charging equipment to charge the vehicle. Using non-NISSAN equipment could cause the Li-ion battery to not charge correctly and may damage the Li-ion battery. • Trickle charging is performed using an AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) provided with the vehicle. • The genuine NISSAN EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) charging equipment or trickle charge cable performs a communication function with the vehicle before Li-ion charging starts. If this communication does not occur because other equipment is used, the Li-ion battery will not charge. • Immediate charge, charging timer and remote charge (models with navigation system) can be performed in the trickle charge mode. See ⬙Charging timer⬙ and ⬙Charging related remote function⬙. To start trickle charging: A on the *:You can pass a rope through the hole 䊊 control box in order to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is charging. 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging. 3. Open the charge port lid. See ⬙Charge port lid⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. 4. Take out the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) or trickle charge cable from the rear hatch. 5. Connect the electrical plug to the 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet. If it is connected normally, the green light on the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box indicator light illuminates. See ⬙EVSE control box indicator light⬙. 6. Open the charge port cap. See ⬙Charge port cap⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. 7. Remove the connector. safety cap from charge Charging CH-13 8. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once. 9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion battery is waiting for charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will change. See ⬙Charging status indicator light⬙. CH-14 Charging 10. When recharging outside such as in your drive way, use a commercially available padA to prevent theft. lock attached in position 䊊 To stop trickle charge: 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is not engaged. For more information, see “Charge connector lock switch” in this section. 2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the charge connector from the charge port. 3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment). 4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC 110 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet. EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box. WARNING HOW TO QUICK CHARGE (IF SO EQUIPPED) Quick charge uses public charging stations (up to 50 kW of power) to charge the battery in a short period of time. WARNING 5. Store in its case. NOTE: Perform the following procedure to store the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) in the case. a. Wind the charge cable into a size that will allow it to be stored in the case (approximately 9.8 in (250 mm) in diameter). b. Place the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box into the back of the case. c. Place the charge cable and charge connector into the case in front of the Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death. 6. After closing the cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid. NOTE: To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging automatically stops. • Always use a quick charger that is compatible with the LEAF. Using an incompatible quick charger may cause a fire or malfunction resulting in serious personal injury or death. • Before starting the quick charge, carefully read the instructions provided on the quick charger and make sure the quick charge connector is properly connected and locked. Failure to connector or operate the quick charger correctly could cause damage to the vehicle or the charging equipment. NOTE: Quick charging is possible (even several times a day) if the battery temperature is not near the red zone. If the battery temperature reaches the red zone, in order to protect the battery, quick charging is not allowed and the power limitation mode will be triggered. Charging CH-15 To start charging: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. 2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging. 3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. See ⬙Charge port lid⬙ and ⬙Charge port cap⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. CH-16 Charging 1 with the groove of the charge port 4. Align 䊊 and insert the charge connector. CAUTION • Be sure to insert the charge connector straight into the quick charge port right up to the base. Failure to do so may result in the Li-ion battery not charging or could cause damage to the charging equipment. NOTE: 5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge connector. 6. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment to start charging. When the equipment is properly installed and ready to charge a beep sounds twice and the charging status indicator light will change. See ⬙Charge status indicator light⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. Charging ends in the following situations. • When charging is complete • When charging time has exceeded 60 minutes • When the possible charge time set for the quick charger is exceeded • Charging may automatically stop even if it is not completed. • If charging stops mid-charge, you can restart charging by pressing the start button on the quick charger again. • The charge connector is locked to the charge port during charging and cannot be disconnected. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment to stop charging. Confirm charging is stopped by looking at the indicators on the dash. The charge connector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging is stopped. • When quick charging, the Li-ion battery charging rate is slower as the percentage available battery charge available increases. To finish charging: 1. Confirm charging is stopped by looking at the indicators on the dash. The charge connector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging is stopped. 2. Unlock the charge connector and remove from the vehicle and properly store it. 3. Close the quick charge port cap. 4. Shut the charge port lid. Charging CH-17 AUTO mode CAUTION 1 of To select AUTO mode, push the AUTO side 䊊 the charge connector lock switch. The indicator 3 will illuminate. light on the switch 䊊 • As the quick charge connector is heavier in comparison to the other charge connectors, allowing it to drop could cause damage to the vehicle or charge connector or personal injury. When removing the connector, be sure to pull it out straight and as carefully as possible. When AUTO mode is selected, the charge connector is locked while charging is in process. The charge connector will be unlocked automatically when charging is completed. LOCK mode CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH The normal or trickle charge connector can be locked to the normal charge port. The charge connector lock mode can be selected by using the charge connector lock switch, AUTO, LOCK and UNLOCK. NOTE: The charge connector lock can be activated when the shift lever is in the “P” position and the charge connector is connected. The charge connector lock will not be activated if the charge connector is not properly connected. CH-18 Charging To select the LOCK mode, push the LOCK side 2 of the charge connector lock switch. The 䊊 4 will illuminate. indicator light on the switch 䊊 When LOCK mode is selected, the charge connector will remain locked. The charge connector will be unlocked when UNLOCK mode is selected or temporary unlock operation is performed. UNLOCK mode To select UNLOCK mode, return the charge connector lock switch to the level position. Make sure the indicator light on the switch turns off. When UNLOCK mode is selected, the charge connector will remain unlocked. Temporary unlock position When the charge connector lock switch is in the AUTO or LOCK position, the charge connector lock can be unlocked temporarily by using the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid opener switch. Unlock operation using Intelligent Key: 1. Push the charge connector unlock button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second. 2. The charging status indicator light flashes 3 times and a beep sounds 3 times. The charge connector lock is unlocked for 30 seconds. 3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector lock is locked. Unlock operation using charge port lid opener switch: 1. Push the charge port lid opener switch. 2. The charging status indicator light flashes 3 times and a beep sounds 3 times. The charge connector lock is unlocked for 30 seconds. 3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector lock is locked. Charging CH-19 NOTE: • Depending on the charging station, the lock mechanism established by local standards may not be compatible with your vehicle. It may not be possible for the charge connector to lock to your vehicle. • When the power source is cut off while charging in AUTO mode, the connector will be continuously locked for 5 minutes, then it will be released. • When timer charging is set with AUTO mode, the connector will not lock until charging is started. • In AUTO mode, the charge connector lock will only lock during normal charging.When the following systems are operated individually or the 12-volt battery is being charged, the charging connector lock will not lock: • Climate Ctrl. Timer • Remote climate control (if so equipped) • Li-ion battery warmer CH-20 Charging IF THE CHARGE CONNECTOR CAN NOT BE UNLOCKED 1. Place power switch in the OFF position. 2. Open the hood. 3. Remove the jack rod from the tool set that is located in the cargo area. See “Tools” in the “In Case of Emergency” section. 4. Insert the suitable tool into the screw that is located on the front of hood lock. 5. Turn it clockwise to release the charge connector lock. 6. Remove the charge connector. CHARGING METHODS CHARGING TIMER Use charging timer to schedule when the Li-ion battery charges. The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled times when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. The timers do not need to be reset each time the Li-ion battery needs charging. With navigation system The charging timer can save two timer settings that include the charging start time and end time. The charging timer can be applied to one of the timer settings for each day of the week. 1. Push the Zero Emission button touch [Charging Timer]. and 2. Touch [Set Timer 1] or [Set Timer 2]. The following procedure explains Timer 1 setting. Charging CH-21 3. Enter the Li-ion battery charge start time. Touch [% Charge] to change the amount of charging. Touch [END Time] to change the time to stop charging. NOTE: • Charging timer is performed according to the current time setting on the bottom right of the display. When setting the charging timer function, be sure to check that the current time displayed is correct. • In the default setting, [100% Charge (Maximizes Driving Range)] is selected. This is called long distance mode. To extend the life span of the Li-ion battery, use long life mode by selecting [80% Charge (Improves Battery Longevity)]. See ⴖLong life chargeⴖ. CH-22 Charging 4. Touch [Assign Days] to set the charging timer for different days of the week. Either Timer 1 or Timer 2 or OFF can be set for each day of the week. Touch [OK] when the settings are complete. 5. Touch [OK] when the settings are complete and a settings confirmation screen is displayed. NOTE: If OFF is selected for a day of the week, the charging timer will not operate on that day. The system will wait until the next charging timer set to perform charging. 6. Touch [Yes] if the settings shown on the screen are correct. 7. The [Timer 1] indicator illuminates after the charging timer is set. Use the same procedure to set the Timer 2 setting. 8. Place the power switch in the OFF position, and then connect the charge connector to the vehicle. NOTE: • Always place the power switch in the OFF position after setting the charging timers. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging. • The Li-ion battery may not be charged to the expected level if the charging timer start time and end time are set so there is not enough time to charge the Li-ion battery. • When either the charge start time or charge end time is set, the charging timer function is activated. • When only the charging timer end time is set, the system automatically determines when to begin charging based on the Liion battery charge level. The Li-ion battery may not be charged to the expected level in the following conditions: – The Li-ion battery is charged in cold weather. – The charge connector is connected to the vehicle too close to the scheduled charging end time. • When only the charging timer end time is set, the system automatically stops charging when the Li-ion battery charges to the selected level. Charging may stop before the scheduled end time. • Touch [Timer 1] or [Timer 2] to turn off the charging timer function. Touch [Yes] if the settings shown on the screen are correct. After this operation has been performed, the indicator disappears and the charging timer function is turned off. The start and stop time settings are not deleted, even if the charging timer function is turned off. • If charging timer and the Climate Ctrl. Timer are operating at the same time due to an overlap of the timer settings, you can prioritize which function receives electrical power first. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. • When charging is set as the first priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer does not start until 10 segments of the Li-ion battery available charge gauge are illuminated. • When the climate control is set as the first priority, the climate control system will be turned on as scheduled by the Climate Ctrl. Timer regardless of the remaining battery energy. • Even when the climate control is set as the first priority, the climate control system will be turned off when the electric demands of the climate control system is more than can be provided to the Li-ion battery for charging. • Some charging stations used to perform normal charge are equipped with timer functions. If the charger timer function Charging CH-23 and the vehicle timer are both set, and the two timers are not set to operate at the same time, it is possible that the charger will not start or the battery will not be charged to the level expected. • If the Li-ion battery warmer is operating while the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control is being used, performance of the Climate Control will be reduced. • The Li-ion battery may not charge to the expected level using the Charging Timer When a Start time and End time are set while the Li-ion battery warmer operates. • Set only the Charging Timer End time when charging in cold weather. The vehicle automatically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Charging ends before the set End time if the Li-ion battery is fully charged. • The 12-volt battery can become discharged if the charging timer is operated repeatedly between the Li-ion battery charges while the vehicle is not used for an extended period of time. CH-24 Charging Without navigation system A on the left side of 1. Push the switch 䊊 the combination meter panel. B to highlight “Charg2. Push the switch 䊊 ing Timer” on the dot matrix liquid crystal display and then push the switch. 3. The “Charging Timer” screen is displayed. To change the time or turn the timer on or off, push the switch. 4. To turn the timer on or off, use the switch to highlight “On” or “Off” and then push the switch. If “On” is selected, an additional screen is displayed that allows you to change the time of the charging timer. 5. The hour portion of the time is highlighted on the screen. Push the switch to change the hour field in increments of one hour. Push the switch to move to the minutes field. switch to change the minute 6. Push the field in increments of ten minutes. Push the switch to finish setting the charging timer. Charging CH-25 LONG LIFE MODE Use the default setting, long distance mode (100% charge) to maximize vehicle range. Use the long life mode to help maximize the Li-ion battery useful life. The long life mode is set by changing the [% Charge] to [80% Charge (Improves Battery Longevity)] using the following procedure. 2. Touch [Charging Timer]. How to set long life mode with charging timer (models with navigation system) To set the long life mode of the charging timer, use the following procedure: 1. Push the CH-26 Charging (Zero Emission menu) button . 3. Touch [Set Timer 1] or [Set Timer 2]. 4. Touch [% Charge]. 5. Touch [80% Charging (Improves Battery Longevity)]. The indicator light illuminates when the long life mode is set to on. 6. Touch [BACK] to return to the previous screen. 7. Touch [Save Timer] when the settings are complete and a settings confirmation screen is displayed. Charging CH-27 How to set long life mode without charging timer (models with navigation system) 8. Touch [Yes] if the settings shown on the screen are correct. CH-28 Charging 9. The [Timer 1] or [Timer 2] indicator illuminates after the charging timer is set. Long life mode can be set using the following charging method: • remote charge • immediate charge • quick charge 2. Touch [Settings]. 1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button . 3. Touch [Long life mode (80% Charge)] The indicator light illuminates when long life mode is set to on. Charging CH-29 How to set the long life mode (models without navigation system) A on the left side of 1. Push the switch 䊊 the combination meter panel. CH-30 Charging B to highlight switch 䊊 2. Push the “Charge %” on the dot matrix liquid crystal display and then push the switch. 3. Use the switch to highlight “80%” or “100%” and then push the switch to finalize the selection. changes to display immediate charge mode. See ⬙Charging status indicator light⬙. NOTE: IMMEDIATE CHARGE When a charging timer is not turned on, charging automatically starts when a normal or trickle charge connector is connected to the vehicle. Use the immediate charge mode anytime you want to start charging when a charging timer is turned on by performing the following: 1. Place the power switch in the OFF position. 2. Press the immediate charge switch. 3. Connect the normal or trickle charge cable when the charging status indicator light • You have 15 minutes to connect a normal or trickle charge connector to the vehicle after the immediate charge switch is pressed. If a charge connector is not connected to the vehicle within 15 minutes, the vehicle automatically returns to the previous setting. • Immediate charge will be available for 15 minutes before returning automatically to the previous setting. • To cancel immediate charge mode press the immediate charge switch again. • If charge cable is disconnected, the Li-ion battery automatically switches to charging timer. To perform an immediate charge again, press the immediate charge switch and connect charge cable. • If the charge cable is already connected, press the immediate charge switch to start performing an immediate charge. CHARGING RELATED REMOTE FUNCTION (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM) This vehicle incorporates a communication device that is called a TCU (Telematics Communication Unit). The communication connection between this unit and NISSAN CARWINGS™ Data Center allows for various remote function services. • Li-ion battery status check: The charging status of the Li-ion battery can be checked using your personal computer or internet enabled smart phone even if you are not in the vehicle. • Remote charge: The function of starting Li-ion battery charge or starting the heater and air conditioner is available using your personal computer or internet enabled smart phone. • Unplugged status: A notification e-mail will be sent to your personal computer or internet enabled smart phone if the plug is not connected at the certain time you selected, after you turning off the power switch in registered place. Charging CH-31 NOTE: • Establishing the CARWINGS™ service is necessary before using this service. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. • To check the Li-ion battery charging status using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer, the following conditions must be met: – The vehicle must be located in a cellular phone coverage area. – The cellular phone must be located in an area with cellular phone coverage. – If using a computer, the computer must be connected to the internet. – Some cellular phones are not compatible and cannot be used to check the Li-ion battery charging status. Please confirm beforehand. • Certain remote functions required a compatible smart phone, which is not included with vehicle. CH-32 Charging • CARWINGS™ information system features are included through a subscription service which requires owner consent to activate. The subscription must be active to use these features. • CARWINGS™ communications may be received at a verified e-mail address or by SMS/text messaging-enabled mobile phone. • Standard text rates and/or data usage may apply depending on your carrier. CHARGING RELATED INDICATOR LIGHTS When the normal charge connector is connected incorrectly 1 to 䊊 3 , will flash and All of the indicator lights, 䊊 beep will sound three times within 30 seconds when the charge connector is connected incorrectly to the normal charge port. CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR LIGHTS 1 to 䊊 3 The charging status indicator lights 䊊 display the charging status, and are visible from both inside and outside the vehicle. When the normal charge connector lock is unlocked 1 to 䊊 3 , will flash and All of the indicator lights, 䊊 beep will sound three times when the normal charge connector lock switch on the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid opener switch is pushed. Charging CH-33 Ready for charging timer Ready for immediate charge When charging If charging timer is set, the indicator lights illumi1 to 䊊 3 . The indicator lights nate, in order from 䊊 turn off after approximately 5 minutes. When the power switch is off and if the immediate charge switch is pressed while the charge 2 cable is not connected, the indicator light 䊊 illuminates. When the Li-ion battery is being charged, the charging status indicator lights will change depending on the amount the Li-ion battery is charged. 2 illuminates when the veThis indicator light 䊊 hicle is ready for immediate charge. You have 15 minutes to connect the charge connector to the vehicle. If the charge connector is not connected 2 turns off within 15 minutes, the indicator light 䊊 and you must start the immediate charge mode again to charge the Li-ion battery. CH-34 Charging *: This value is also displayed by the illumination of segments of the Li-ion battery available charge gauge on the instrument panel. The indicator will also flash when the following system are operating: • Climate Ctrl. Timer • Remote climate control (if so equipped) • Li-ion battery heater When fully charged 3 flashes When the indicator light 䊊 All of the indicator lights 䊊 to 䊊 illuminate when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to the selected charging mode level. 3 flashes when the 12-volt The indicator light 䊊 battery is being charged. See⬙Charging the 12volt battery⬙ in the ⬙EV overview⬙ section. The indicator lights turn off after approximately 5 minutes or when the charge connector is removed. The indicator will also flash for up to 5 minutes if the electrical power to the EVSE is interrupted during charging. Charging will restart automatically when the electrical power to the EVSE is restored if the charging connector is connected. The charge start beep will not sound when charging restarts. 1 3 Charging CH-35 When not charging None of the lights are illuminated when the Li-ion battery and 12-volt battery are not charging. EVSE (ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT) CONTROL BOX INDICATOR LIGHT When a trickle charge is being performed, the charging status is shown by the indicator light that is on the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box. An indicator light also indicates if there is a EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) malfunction. CH-36 Charging READY CHARGE FAULT 䡩 䡩 䡩 Status and action to be taken Every time the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) plug is connected to an outlet, all indicator lights illuminate for 0.5 seconds. 䡩 쏹 쏹 After initial processing is completed, when the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is not connected to the vehicle, or the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected to the vehicle but charging is not being performed. 䡩 䡩 쏹 While the battery is being charged When the ground cable is disconnected Check the grounding of the outlet being used. If the grounding is normal, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 嘷 䡩 쏹 쏹 嘷 䡩 䡩 쏹 or 嘷 䡩 When the temperature of the electrical plug is too hot, or the EVSE is unable to detect the temperature of the electrical plug, check that the electrical plug is connected correctly. If it is connected normally, stop use immediately and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 䡩 쏹 嘷 䡩 When an electric leakage occurs or the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) malfunctions Stop use immediately and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 䡩 쏹 䡩 When the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) malfunctions Stop use immediately and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 쏹 If the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the plug to the outlet, check the GFCI and circuit breaker for the outlet. If either the GFCI or breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment). You should have a licensed electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the GFCI breaker is not tripped, stop using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 嘷 䡩 쏹 Meaning Symbol 쏹 Light ON 䡩 Flashing 嘷 䡩 Light OFF 쏹 Charging CH-37 CHARGING TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible cause The vehicle power switch is in the ON position. Possible solution Before charging, place the vehicle power switch in the OFF position. Both the normal charge connector and the quick The normal charge connector and the quick charge connector cannot be connected at the same time. charge connector are connected at the same time. Charging can not be performed if the Li-ion battery is already charged to the charge amount that has The Li-ion battery is already charged to the charge been set. Charging automatically turns off if the Li-ion battery is charged to the charge amount that has amount that has been set. been set. Charging cannot be performed. Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature gauge. If the gauge The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charging. See ⬙Li-ion battery temperature gauge⬙ in the ⬙2 cold to charge. Instruments and controls⬙ section. The 12-volt battery is discharged. The vehicle has a malfunction. The vehicle or charger may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illuminated. Confirm if the indicator on the charger is indicating a malfunction . If a warning is displayed, stop charging and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. There is no electrical power coming from the outlet. Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the timer. Normal charge or trickle The electrical plug is not connected correctly. charge cannot be performed. The charge connector is not connected correctly. Charging timer has been set. Immediate charge cannot be Charging does not start because the charge performed. amount has been set to 80% and the Li-ion battery is already charged to more than 80%. CH-38 Charging The Li-ion battery can be charged if the vehicle electrical systems can not be turned on. If the 12-volt battery is discharged, charge or jump start the 12-volt battery. See ⬙Jump starting⬙ in the ⬙6 In case of emergency⬙ section. Confirm the electrical plug is connected correctly (trickle charge only). Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly. Turn off the charging timer. See ⬙Charging timer⬙. When the charge percentage in the long life mode is set to 80%, the Li-ion battery cannot be charged more than 80%. Confirm the charge percentage set in the long life mode. Change the charging percentage to the desired charge setting. Symptom Charging timer cannot be performed. Possible cause Possible solution The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable. The time on the clock is wrong. The charging timer function does not start charging based on the clock located on the upper display. Confirm that the date and time shown on the charging timer screen are the same as the GPS time and date. If the 12-volt battery is discharged or if the Li-ion battery is disconnected, the time setting must be updated. There must be a GPS signal to adjust the timer setting clock. The immediate charge switch has been pushed. Charging timer does not operate when immediate charge is selected. Charging timer has not been set. Set the charging timer schedule. See ⬙Charging timer⬙. Charging does not start because the charging timer start time and end time are set and the current time is before the set start time. Charging does not start because only the chargConfirm when the charging timer time is set to start charging. Change the charging timer setting to the ing timer start time is set and the current time is desired charge time or press the immediate charge button. See ⬙Charging timer⬙. after the set start time. Charging does not start because only the charging timer end time is set and the current time is after the set end time. Charging does not start because the charge When the charge percentage in the charging timer is set to 80%, the Li-ion battery cannot be amount has been set to 80% and the Li-ion bat- charged more than 80%. Confirm the charge percentage set in the charging timer. Change the tery is already charged to more than 80%. charging percentage to the desired charge setting. The charge cable is not connected. Remote charge cannot be performed. Connect the charge cable beforehand. Confirm that there is a cellular signal in your location. Remote charge cannot be started unless the web enabled smart phone can connect to the internet. Communication with the vehicle cannot be established. Confirm that there is a cellular signal at the vehicle location. If the power switch is in the OFF position for more than 2 weeks, the remote charge function can no longer be used until power switch is in ON position. Charging CH-39 Symptom Possible cause There is no power coming from the outlet. Normal charge stops in the middle of charging. Possible solution There may have been a electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charging will resume when the power source is reset. The charge cable has been disconnected. Check that the charge cable has not been disconnected. The release switch has been pressed. If the charge connector button is pressed for a long period of time, charging will be stopped. Both the normal charge connector and the quick If the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector are connected at the same time, charge connector were connected at the same charging will be stopped. time. Charging timer end time has been reached. When charging timer is set and the charge end time is reached, charging will be stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged. The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too cold to charge. Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charging. See ⬙Li-ion battery temperature gauge⬙ in the ⬙2 Instruments and controls⬙ section. Incorrect charge connector connection, not fully Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked. inserted or may not be locked. Quick charge cannot be performed. The self-diagnostic function of the quick charge There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging and contact a NISSAN certified device returns a negative result. LEAF dealer. Charging does not start because the charge When the charge percentage in the long life mode is set to 80%, the Li-ion battery cannot be charged amount has been set to 80% and the Li-ion battery more than 80%. Confirm the charge percentage set in the long life mode. Change the charging is already charged to more than 80%. percentage the desired charge setting. The power switch of the quick charger is off. Quick charge stops in the middle of charging Charging is stopped by the quick charge timer. The power supply for the quick charger is off. CH-40 Charging Check the power switch of the quick charger. Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again. The maximum time for quick charge is 30–60 minutes. If you need to charge the Li-ion battery for longer than this, start the charging procedure again. Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off. 1 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . .1-10 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Rear-facing child restraint installation using latch. .1-21 Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23 Forward-facing child restraint installation using latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautions on booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . Booster seat installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) . Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag systems . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats). . . . . Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . Repair and replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . .1-25 .1-27 .1-30 .1-31 .1-31 .1-32 .1-34 .1-34 .1-40 .1-45 .1-47 .1-48 .1-48 .1-49 SEATS • The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased. CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damage. WARNING • Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries. • For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly. See ⴖPrecautions on seat belt usageⴖ later in this section. • After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. • Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. 1-2 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT SEATS Front manual seat adjustment Forward and backward: Pull the bar up and hold it while sliding the seat forward or backward to the preferred position. Release the bar to lock the seat in position. Reclining: Seat lifter (for driver’s seat): To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position. Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height to the preferred position. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. See ⬙Precautions on seat belt usage⬙. Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the vehicle is in the P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position with the parking brake applied. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 • Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. • When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop. HEAD RESTRAINTS REAR SEATS Folding Before folding the rear seats: • Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks located on the side wall. See ⬙Seat belt hooks⬙ later in this section. To fold down the seatback, pull the release knob. To return the seatback to the seating position, lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched. WARNING • Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any objects are on the rear seats. • Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the folded-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop. 1-4 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the head restraints properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint. Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed. If the head restraint was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision. The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints. The front seats are adjustable and removable. The rear seat is only removable. Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint. Components 1. 2. 3. 4. Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 Adjustment To raise the head restraint, pull it up. Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears. 1-6 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down. SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven. Removal Install Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints. 1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the 1 must be installed in adjustment notches 䊊 2 . the hole with the lock knob 䊊 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down. 3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position. 1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest position. 2. Push and hold the lock knob. 3. Remove the head restraint from the seat. 4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle. 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 WARNING • Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child restraint. 1-8 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system • The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly. • Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. • Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident. • Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle. • Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness. • Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt. • Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts. • If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the power switch is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury. • Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated, it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. See a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 • All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. • All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged. PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations. INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations. THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING • Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. • Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries. • For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. 1-10 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system • Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child’s neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt. The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. Fastening the seat belts 1. Adjust the seat. See ⬙Seats⬙ earlier in this section. 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. • The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat. • If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor. 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown. 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest. When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see ⬙Child restraints⬙ later in this section. The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension. The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three-point seat belts have two modes of operation: • Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) • Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 Checking seat belt operation WARNING Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods: • When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor. • When the vehicle slows down rapidly. When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop. To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows: • Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts. 1-12 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt operation, see a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WARNING • After adjustment, release the adjustment button and then try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure that it is securely fixed in position. • The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position that is best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Shoulder belt height adjustment (for front seats) The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position that is best for you. See ⬙Precautions on seat belt usage⬙. Seat belt hooks When the rear seat belts are not in use and when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks. 1 , and then To adjust, pull the adjustment button 䊊 move the shoulder belt anchor to the preferred 2 so that the belt passes over the position 䊊 center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position. See a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required. WARNING Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts: The center seat belt buckle is identified by the A . The center seat belt tongue CENTER mark 䊊 can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle. • Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, should be used with NISSAN seat belts. • Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident. • Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop. SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in 1-14 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE • To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry. • If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth. • Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced. CHILD SAFETY WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child’s neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt. Children need adults to help protect them. They need to be properly restrained. In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child. There are three basic types of child restraint systems: • Rear-facing child restraint • Forward-facing child restraint • Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rearfacing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint. WARNING Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child restraints. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. See ⬙Child restraints⬙. A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Tethers for Children) system or with the vehicle seat belt. For more information, see ⬙Child restraints⬙. NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (air bag system) for the front passenger. See ⴖSupplemental restraint system⬙. INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rearfacing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer. Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat. WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas. The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop. 1-16 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING • Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: – The child restraint must be used and installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. – Infants and children should never be held on anyone’s lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision. – Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger. – NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, see later in this section. – Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A rearfacing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat. – Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle. – Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted. – Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses. – A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat. – Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint. – Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle. • When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle. CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint. This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors. For details, see ⬙Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH)⬙. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes. When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind: • Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. • Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. • If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child’s height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle. 1-18 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH) Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System (LATCH) compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. LATCH lower anchor WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: • Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration. • Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors. The child restraint will not be secured properly. • Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed. LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors. LATCH webbing-mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 Top tether anchor WARNING LATCH rigid-mounted attachment When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint. • If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged. • Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap. Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged. 1-20 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor point locations: Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks. The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts. If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, consult your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and “Child restraints” earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Rear-facing (webbing-mounted) — step 2 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure that the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors. Rear-facing (rigid-mounted) — step 2 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 5. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 2 through 4. Rear-facing — step 3 3. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments. Rear-facing — step 4 4. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm) from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint on another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 1-22 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and “Child restraints” earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat: REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Rear facing - step 1 1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 Rear-facing — step 2 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing. Rear-facing — step 3 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted. 1-24 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear-facing — step 4 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and “Child restraints” earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. Rear-facing — step 5 5. Remove any additional slack from the child restraint. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt. Rear-facing — step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCH system. 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 Forward-facing (webbing-mounted) — step 2 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure that the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. See ⬙Installing top tether strap⬙. Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor. Forward-facing (rigid-mounted) — step 2 3. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback. If necessary, remove the headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed. See ⬙Adjustable headrests⬙ for headrest adjustment information. If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. 1-26 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward-facing — step 4 4. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments. 5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack. 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING Forward-facing — step 6 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See ⴖFront passenger air bag and status light⬙. Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and “Child restraints” earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat: 1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in the forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must be used in the Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback. If necessary, adjust the head restraint (front passenger seat only) or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed. See ⬙Head restraints⬙ and ⬙Adjustable headrests⬙ for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. If the seating position does not have a removable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. Forward-facing — step 3 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). See ⬙Installing top tether strap⬙. Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor. 1-28 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward-facing — step 4 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted. Forward-facing — step 5 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. Forward-facing — step 6 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt. 7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack. Forward-facing — step 8 8. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm) from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8. 10. If the child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat, push the power switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light does not illuminate, see ⬙Front passenger air bag and status light⬙. Move the child restraint to another seating position. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions only) or the seat belt, as applicable. 1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located on the back side of the seatbacks. 2. If necessary, raise or remove the headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. If the headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed. 1-30 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system See ⬙Adjustable headrests⬙ for headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback. 3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seatback. 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap. If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, consult your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details. BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases: • Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach. • Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child’s arm. • A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/ shoulder belt. Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind: • Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. • Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION CAUTION Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts. Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats” earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. • Make sure the child’s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. For example, if a low back 1 is chosen, the vehicle seatback booster seat 䊊 must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of 2 the child’s ears, a high back booster seat 䊊 should be used. • If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat. 1-32 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Follow these steps to install a booster seat on the rear seat or on the front passenger seat: Front passenger seat 1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position. 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only place it in the forward-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions. 3. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. Front passenger seat If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint or headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is removed. See ⬙Head restraints⬙ or ⬙Adjustable headrests⬙ for head restraint or headrest adjustment, removal and installation information. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat. 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in ⬙Three-point type seat belt with retractor⬙. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, push the power switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. See ⬙Front passenger air bag and status light⬙. This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the following systems. • Driver and passenger supplemental frontimpact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System) • Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag • Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag • Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front-impact air bag system: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions. The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. 1-34 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn, and the occupant should be seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. See ⬙Seat belts⬙ for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage. The supplemental air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON position. After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational. WARNING • The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. • The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied. See ⴖFront passenger air bag and status light⬙. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 • The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts. • The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. • The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See ⴖFront passenger air bag and status light⬙. • Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured if the front air bag inflates. 1-36 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING • Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. • Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible. • Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint on the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See ⴖChild restraints⬙ for details. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 Do not lean against doors or windows. WARNING Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bags: • The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. 1-38 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system • The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations. • When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. • Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 9. Lap outer pretensioner (driver side only) 10. Seat belt with pretensioner 11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (FRONT SEATS) WARNING 1. Crash zone sensor 2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules 3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules 4. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) 5. Occupant classification system control unit 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag inflators 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag modules 8. Satellite sensors 1-40 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s advanced air bag system, please observe the following items. • Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket. • Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9lb (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint or in the seatback pocket. • Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback. • Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light. • If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as described later in this section, please take your vehicle to your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to check the occupant classification system. • Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occupant classification system is working properly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions. This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. However, all of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed. The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation. The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors infor- mation from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensors are also monitored. Based on information from the sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions, depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensors. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will be off). See ⬙Front passenger air bag and status light⬙ for further details. One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system. If you have any questions about your air bag system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner’s Manual. When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body. Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the air bag module during inflation. The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision. The front air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON position. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational. the risk or severity of injury in an accident. Status light: Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection. Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase 1-42 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system is The front passenger air bag status light located on the instrument panel. After the power switch is pushed to the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat status. The light operates as follows: • Unoccupied passenger seat: The light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. • Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult, child or child restraint as outlined in this section: The light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. • Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this section: The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational. Front passenger air bag: The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system. The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF. The occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF. Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passen- ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensors to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag. NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant classification sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints. Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. See ⬙Child restraints⬙ for proper use and installation. If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensors. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly. Using the passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied. The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied. If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly. If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the air bag status light is not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is OFF). Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status. However, if the seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status light will remain off. If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the meter and gauges area, will blink. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions WARNING • Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate. • Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat. Also, do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat. Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors (weight sensors). This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury. • Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury. 1-44 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system • Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself. • No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system. • Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle’s electrical system, suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system. • Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system. • Removing or modifying the front passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury. • Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensors. • No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury. • Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system. • A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system. *The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification. When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails. These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed. The side air bags Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation. When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body. The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants in the outboard seating positions. Because of this, the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over. The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON position. After turning the power switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational. 1-46 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING • Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats. Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door finisher and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates. • Right after inflation, several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself. • No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. • Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle’s electrical system, suspension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. • Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bag. • Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag and curtain supplemental air bag systems. *The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification. When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS (FRONT SEATS) WARNING • The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit. • If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners. Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury. • Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system. • If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury. The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants. The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor for both front seating positions. The driver’s seat belt also has a pretensioner at the outer floor anchor. These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 When a pretensioner activates, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest. The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. (See ⬙Supplemental air bag warning light⬙ for more details.) If the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT Warning labels about the supplemental frontimpact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration. The supplemental air bag warning light, displaying in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits of the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash zone sensor, occupant classification sensors, the supplemental front-impact air bag, front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems. The monitored circuits include air bag systems, pretensioners and all related wiring. 1 SRS air bag 䊊 The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors. 1-48 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system When the power switch is in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing: • The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds. • The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently. • The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all. Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred. Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The power switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle. WARNING • Once a front air bag, side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Additionally, the activated pretensioners must also be replaced. The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The air bag modules and pretensioner system cannot be repaired. • The front air bag, side air bag and curtain air bag systems, and pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. • If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury. Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 NOTES 1-50 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speedometer and odometer. . . . . . . . . . Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . . Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . ECO indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders. Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dot matrix liquid crystal display . . . . . . . . . . Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning information displays . . . . . . . . . Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator for timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 . .2-4 . .2-5 . .2-6 . .2-7 . .2-7 . .2-8 . .2-9 .2-10 .2-10 .2-10 .2-11 .2-12 .2-13 .2-13 .2-19 .2-21 .2-22 .2-23 .2-27 .2-32 .2-34 .2-35 .2-35 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . Windshield wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . Washer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . Headlight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . . . . . . . Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heated seat switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charge connector lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . Charge timer OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sunglasses holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 .2-37 .2-38 .2-39 .2-40 .2-41 .2-41 .2-42 .2-42 .2-44 .2-45 .2-45 .2-46 .2-46 .2-47 .2-48 .2-49 .2-49 .2-49 .2-50 .2-50 .2-50 .2-51 .2-52 .2-52 Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage side hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ceiling light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HomeLink® universal transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 .2-53 .2-54 .2-54 .2-54 .2-56 .2-57 .2-57 .2-58 Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . Operating the HomeLink® universal transceiver Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 . . . . . . .2-59 .2-60 .2-60 .2-61 .2-61 .2-61 COCKPIT 1. 2. 3. 4. TRIP switch for twin trip odometer Trip computer switch Instrument brightness control switch Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turn signal switch — Headlight — Turn signal light — Fog light (if so equipped) 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) — Driving range button (if so equipped) — Audio control — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control 6. Steering wheel — Electric power steering system — Horn — Driver’s supplemental air bag 7. Wiper and washer switch 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) — Cruise control switches — ECO button (if so equipped) 9. Fuse box cover 10. Charge timer OFF switch 11. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch 12. Charge connector lock switch 13. Charge port lid opener switch 14. Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) 15. Tilting steering wheel lever 16. Heated seat switch 17. Shift lever 18. Storage tray Instruments and controls 2-3 INSTRUMENT PANEL 10. iPod® connector/USB connector (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 11. Power outlet 12. Auxiliary input jack (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) 13. Front passenger air bag status light/ Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light 14. Heater and air conditioner control 15. Glove box 1. Side ventilator 2. Meters and gauges 3. Center multi-function control panel (See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) — Navigation system — Vehicle information and setting buttons — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System 2-4 Instruments and controls — Audio system 4. Hazard warning flasher switch 5. Center ventilator 6. Rear window defroster switch 7. Front passenger supplemental air bag 8. Hood release handle 9. Power switch METERS AND GAUGES — Odometer/twin trip odometer — Trip computer — Shift position indicator — Indicator for timer 13. Driving range 14. Li-ion battery available charge gauge 15. Li-ion battery capacity level gauge 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Upper display and lower display 7. Li-ion battery temperature gauge Master warning lights 8. Warning/Indicator lights ECO indicator 9. Power meter Speedometer 10. ECO indicator Clock 11. READY to drive indicator light Outside air temperature 12. Dot matrix liquid crystal display Turn signal/Hazard indicator light Instruments and controls 2-5 Changing the display: 3 located on the left Pushing the TRIP switch 䊊 side of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows: TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A For information about the dot matrix liquid crystal display, see ⬙Dot matrix liquid crystal display⬙. Resetting the trip odometer: 3 for approximately 1 Pushing the TRIP switch 䊊 second resets the trip odometer to zero. SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed in miles per hour (MPH) or kilometers per hour (km/h). Odometer/twin trip odometer 1 and twin trip odometer 䊊 2 are The odometer 䊊 displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position. The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven. The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips. 2-6 Instruments and controls NOTE: LI-ION BATTERY TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the temperature of the Li-ion battery. The temperature of the Li-ion battery is within the normal range when the display is within the zone 1 shown in the illustration. 䊊 The temperature of the Li-ion battery varies according to the outside air temperature and driving conditions. • If the display indicates that the temperature of the Li-ion battery is near the red zone end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature. If the indicator is over the normal range, the power provided to the traction motor is reduced when the power limitation indicator light is illuminated. Therefore the vehicle is not as responsive when the accelerator is depressed while the power limitation light is illuminated. See ⴖPower limitation indicator lightⴖ. • If the outside temperature is extremely low, the Li-ion temperature gauge may not display a temperature reading. The vehicle may not be able to be put in the READY to drive mode. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. POWER METER This meter displays the actual traction motor A and the regenerative power consumption 䊊 B. brake power provided to the Li-ion battery 䊊 1 in the display moves right or left The white dot 䊊 depending on demand. The white dot moves to the right when power is provided to the traction motor (Li-ion battery discharges). The white dot moves to the left when power is generated and provided to the Li-ion battery by Instruments and controls 2-7 the regenerative brake system (Li-ion battery charging). NOTE: The power meter also indicates if the power provided to the motor is limited or if regenerative braking is limited. When power or regenerative braking is limited, the circles on the display 2 . change from a double circle to a single circle 䊊 Regenerative braking is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. Regenerative braking is also automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) to prevent Liion battery damage. The more regenerative braking is reduced the more double circles change to single circles If the Li-ion battery charge is low, power provided to the traction motor is reduced. Motor output is also limited if the Li-ion battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) or the Li-ion battery charge level is low. The more power provided to the traction motor is reduced the more double circles change to single circles. 2-8 Instruments and controls DRIVING RANGE 1 (miles or km) provides an The driving range 䊊 estimated distance that the vehicle can be driven before recharging is necessary. The driving range is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of available Li-ion battery charge and the actual power consumption average. • The driving range display will flash when the low battery charge warning light illuminates. Additionally, if you continue to drive the vehicle in this state and the Liion battery is close to being completely discharged, “---” will be displayed. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. When the Li-ion battery is charged, the original display will be restored. • After the vehicle is charged, the displayed driving range is calculated based on the actual average energy consumption of the previous driving. The displayed driving range will vary every time the vehicle is fully charged. • The driving range will increases or decreases when the air conditioner, heater or Li-ion battery warmer is turned on or off, or the vehicle is shifted between D (Drive) and ECO, or when any other accessory is turned on or off based on driving. light illuminated, there is a very small reserve of Li-ion battery charge remaining. NOTE: LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE CHARGE GAUGE 1 indicates the approximate availThe gauge 䊊 able Li-ion battery charge to run the vehicle. Charge the Li-ion battery before the display reaches the bottom line. The low battery charge warning light illuminates when the Li-ion battery available charge gauge is getting low. Charge as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the display reaches the bottom line. When the display reaches the bottom of the display and the low battery charge tery available charge gauge illuminate because the remaining energy is a lower percentage of the Li-ion battery’s capability of storing power. • The number of segments illuminated on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge is determined by the available charge and the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing at the current temperature. • Temperature affects the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing. The Li-ion battery is capable of storing less power when the Li-ion battery temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery is capable of storing more power when the Li-ion battery is warm. The number of segments illuminated on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge can change based on the amount of power the Li-ion battery is capable of storing. For example, when the Li-ion battery becomes colder, more segments on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge illuminate because the available charge is a greater percentage of the Li-ion battery’s capability of storing power. When the Li-ion battery becomes warmer, less segments on the Li-ion bat- Instruments and controls 2-9 LI-ION BATTERY CAPACITY LEVEL GAUGE This gauge indicates the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing. When the capacity of the Li-ion battery decreases with age and usage, the level of the gauge will also decrease. 2-10 Instruments and controls OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE ECO INDICATOR The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C. The ECO indicator displays how economically the vehicle is being operated. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature displayed on various signs or billboards. The meter display is affected by the following conditions: • Accelerator pedal operation. • Brake pedal operation. • Driving conditions. • Traffic conditions. • Heater and air conditioner usage. • Time the vehicle is not moving while the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode and accessories are on. NOTE: This clock is not synchronized with the clock displayed on the navigation system screen. The charging timer starts and stops charging base on the time displayed on the navigation system screen. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. Instant ECO driving level 1 is displayed by The instant ECO driving level 䊊 the number of bars that increase (more economical driving) or decrease (less economical driving) depending on vehicle operation. Long term ECO driving level Long term ECO driving is indicated by ECO TREE symbols. The longer the vehicle is operated economically, the more segments of the large 2 are displayed. When all of ECO TREE symbol 䊊 the segments of the large ECO TREE symbol are 3 is also displayed, a small ECO TREE indicator 䊊 displayed, and the large ECO TREE symbol display is reset. The longer the vehicle is operated economically, the more small ECO TREE symbols are displayed. The ECO TREE symbols that were illuminated while driving will turn off when the vehicle power is turned off. The ECO TREE symbols are stored in the navigation system to show long term efficient vehicle operation. CLOCK Adjust the clock on the setting screen of the dot matrix liquid crystal display. See ⬙5. Settings⬙. If the power supply (12-volt battery) is disconnected, the clock will not indicate the correct time. Readjust the time. To increase the ECO driving level and for information about driving the vehicle efficiently, see ⬙Improve driving range⬙ in the ⬙EV overview⬙ section. Instruments and controls 2-11 WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS 12-volt battery charge warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Master warning light (red/yellow) Plug in indicator light Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light Power steering warning light Power limitation indicator light BRAKE system warning light (yellow) Seat belt warning light READY to drive indicator light BRAKE warning light (red) Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light Electric shift control system warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights EV system warning light Exterior light indicator Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light 2-12 Instruments and controls Headlight warning light Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) Low battery charge warning light Front passenger air bag status light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, and push the power switch in the ON position. The following lights will illuminate (if so equipped): , or , , The following lights illuminate briefly and then turn off: or (yellow), , , , , or , , (red), , , If any light does not illuminate, it may indicate a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display in the lower display. (See ⬙Dot matrix liquid crystal display⬙.) WARNING LIGHTS 12-volt battery charge warning light The DC/DC converter converts 400 volt Li-ion battery voltage to charge the 12-volt battery. This light illuminates continuously after the bulb is checked when the power switch is in the ON position, and turns off when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position. When this warning light illuminates, a chime sounds and the following warnings are also displayed. • Master warning (red) • EV system warning light The following messages also flash on and off on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. parking brake”. When these messages flash, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location, pull the parking brake switch and push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. The warning on the meter and the chime stop when the parking brake is operated or the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for support. CAUTION • The DC/DC converter system may not be functioning properly if the 12-volt battery charge warning light illuminates continuously when the power switch is in the READY to drive position. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. If the vehicle is being driven: “Stop the vehicle” and if the vehicle is stopped: “When parked apply Instruments and controls 2-13 • If the 12-volt warning light illuminates continuously when the power switch is in the READY to drive position. Do not charge the 12-volt battery while this warning light is illuminated. It may lead to a malfunction of the DC/DC converter system. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. NOTE: • If the vehicle does not go into the READY to drive position (when the power switch is pushed with the brake pedal is depressed), jump-start the vehicle to place the power switch in the READY to drive position. See ⴖJump startingⴖ in the ⴖIn case of emergencyⴖ section. • Do not jump-start the vehicle and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for inspection: – If the 12-volt charge warning light turns off when the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode, the 12-volt battery may be discharged or there may be a malfunction in the 12-volt battery related system. 2-14 Instruments and controls – If the 12-volt charge warning light continues to illuminate when the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode, there may be a malfunction in the DC/DC converter. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for inspection. or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light When the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light is located on the instrument panel. This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the VSP system. If the VSP system warning light illuminates while the power switch is in ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. If the ABS warning light illuminates while the power switch is in READY to drive position, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. See ⬙Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP)⬙ in the ⬙EV overview⬙ section. If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See ⬙Brake system⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section.) This light functions for both the cooperative regenerative brake and the electronically driven intelligent brake systems. When the power switch is placed in the ON position or in the READY to drive position, the light remains illuminated for about 2 or 3 seconds. If the light illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the BRAKE system warning light (yellow) cooperative regenerative brake and/or the electronically driven intelligent brake systems are not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. If the BRAKE warning light (red) also illuminates, stop the vehicle immediately and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For additional information, see ⬙Brakes⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. WARNING • Pressing the brake pedal when the power switch position is not in the ON or READY to drive position and/or low brake fluid level may increase the stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel. • If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • The cooperative regenerative brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light illuminates when the READY to drive indicator light is ON. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving could be dangerous. or BRAKE warning light (red) When the power switch is placed in the ON position or in the READY to drive position, the light remains illuminated for about a few seconds. If the light illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the hydraulic brake system is not functioning properly. If the BRAKE warning light illuminates, stop the vehicle immediately and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Parking brake indicator: When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the light comes on when the parking brake is applied. Low brake fluid warning light: ing light illuminates, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light and the brake system warning light (yellow) also illuminate. If the light illuminates while the power switch is in the READY to drive position with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following items. 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is necessary, add fluid and have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. See ⬙Brake fluid⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WARNING • Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on. Driving could be dangerous. If you judge the brake system to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous. When the power switch is in the ON position, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If this warn- Instruments and controls 2-15 • Pressing the brake pedal when the power switch position is not in the ON or READY to drive position and/or low brake fluid level may increase the stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel. • If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Electric shift control system warning light This light illuminates to warn when a malfunction occurs in the electric shift control system. When the master warning illuminates, the chime sounds and the message, “When parked apply parking brake”, is displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. When the power switch is in the OFF position, the chime sounds continuously. Make sure the parking brake is applied. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 2-16 Instruments and controls EV system warning light This light illuminates if there is a malfunction in the following systems. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • Traction motor and inverter system • Charge port or on board charger • Li-ion battery system • Cooling system • Shift control system • Emergency shut off system is activated. See ⬙Emergency shut off system⬙ in the ⬙EV overview⬙ section. Headlight warning light This light illuminates if the LED headlights are malfunctioning. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Low battery charge warning light This light illuminates when the available Li-ion battery charge is getting low. Charge as soon as it is possible, preferably before the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches the bottom line. NOTE: The low battery charge warning light turns off immediately before the Li-ion battery is completely discharged and the vehicle will stop. If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged, the vehicle must be charged in order to be driven. Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire pressure of all tires. The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly. After the power switch is placed in the ON position, this light illuminates for about 1 second and then turns off. Low tire pressure warning: If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. For additional information, see ⬙Dot Matrix Liquid Crystal Display⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and Controls⬙ section and ⬙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section and ⬙In case of emergency⬙ section. TPMS malfunction: If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the power switch is placed in the ON position. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction. For additional information, see ⬙Dot matrix liquid crystal display⬙ and ⬙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. WARNING • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. • If the light does not illuminate when the power switch is placed in the ON position, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible. • If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire, repair it as soon as possible. • When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Contact your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting. • Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. CAUTION • The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly. Instruments and controls 2-17 • If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly. • Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly. Master warning light (red/yellow) There are two types of master warning lights: yellow and red. These lights illuminate if any warning lights or indicator lights are illuminated or if various vehicle information warnings appear in the dot matrix liquid crystal display. Yellow master warning light: The yellow master warning light is located on the upper display. This light illuminates when a yellow warning light on the lower display is illuminated or when a message is displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. Red master warning light: The red master warning light is located on the upper display. This light illuminates when a red warning light on the lower display is illuminated or when a warning 2-18 Instruments and controls is displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. Power steering warning light Seat belt warning light When the power switch is in the ON position, the electric power steering warning light illuminates and turn off when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position. This indicates the electric power steering system is operational. The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the power switch is placed in the ON position, and will remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light is ON, it may indicate the electric power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger’s seat is occupied. The front passenger seat belt warning light does not activate until 5 seconds after the power switch is in the ON position. When the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator is ON, the power assist to the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds. See ⬙Power steering system⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. See ⬙Seat belts⬙ in the ⬙Safety — Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system⬙ section for precautions on seat belt usage. Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the power switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt are operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds. • The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently. • The supplemental air bag warning light does not illuminate at all. Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may not function properly. For additional information, see ⬙Supplemental restraint system⬙ in the ⬙Safety — Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system⬙ section. or others, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is operating, thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road surface may be slippery. When the VDC warning light illuminates with VDC system turned on, this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode is operating, for example the VDC system may not be functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For additional information, see ⬙Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system⬙ in the ⬙5 Starting and driving⬙ of this manual. WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself INDICATOR LIGHTS Exterior light indicator or position and the front parking lights, side maker lights, tail and license plate lights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off. Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. See ⬙Fog light switch (if so equipped)⬙. Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light (located on the center of the instrument panel) will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be turned OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used. For front passenger air bag status light operation, see ⬙NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats)⬙ in the ⬙Safety — Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system⬙ section of this manual. This indicator illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO (if so equipped), Instruments and controls 2-19 High beam indicator light (blue) This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected. Plug in indicator light This light illuminates while charge connector is connected to the vehicle and blinks during charging. NOTE: If the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, the power switch can not be placed in the READY to drive position. Power limitation indicator light When the power limitation indicator light is illuminated, the power provided to the traction motor is reduced. Therefore the vehicle is not as responsive when the accelerator is depressed while the power limitation light is illuminated. When this light comes on, the warning display appears on the navigation display and the dot matrix liquid crystal display. Follow the instructions provided on the navigation display. 2-20 Instruments and controls This light illuminates in the following conditions. • Li-ion battery available charge is extremely low • Li-ion battery temperature is very low (approximately ⳮ4°F (ⳮ20°C) • When the temperature of EV system is high (motor, inverter, coolant system, Li-ion battery etc.) • When the EV system has a malfunction. If the low battery charge warning light is illuminated, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. If this indicator illuminates because the Li-ion battery is cold due to low outside temperatures, move the vehicle to a warmer location. The Li-ion battery temperature may be increased by charging the Li-ion battery. If the light illuminates when the EV system becomes hot due to continuous hill climbing either continue driving at a slower safe speed, or stop the vehicle in a safe location. If this indicator does not turn off, contact a NISSAN certified dealer. If the indicator illuminate when a part in the EV system has malfunctioned. If the indicator illuminates in a situation other than those described above, or if it does not turn off, there may be a system malfunction. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WARNING Power limitation mode can result in reduced power and vehicle speed. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed, pull to the side of the road in a safe area. Charge the Li-ion battery if the charge is low or allow the Li-ion battery to cool. READY to drive indicator light The READY to drive indicator light illuminates when the EV (Electric Vehicle) System is powered and the vehicle may be driven. The READY to drive indicator light will turn off in the following conditions. • Certain EV (Electric Vehicle) system malfunctions. • The READY to drive indicator light turns off immediately before the Li-ion battery is completely discharged If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged, the vehicle must be charged in order to be driven. See ⬙Low battery charge warning light⬙. Security indicator light This light blinks when the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational. If the security system is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the power switch is in the ON position. For additional information, see ⬙Security systems⬙ later in this section. Turn signal/hazard indicator lights This light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light This light illuminates when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) switch is pushed to OFF. This indicates that the VDC system is not operating. See ⬙Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard. Electric shift control system reminder chime If an improper shift operation is performed, for safety reasons a chime will sound and at the same time, depending on the conditions, the operation will be cancelled or the shift position will switch to the N position. For more details, see ⬙Driving vehicle⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. Key reminder chime Make sure that the power switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle. Light reminder chime The light reminder chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the or position, and the power switch in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle. Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven. The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero. Power switch reminder chime (if so equipped) The power switch reminder chime will sound when the driver’s door is opened while the power switch is in the ON or READY position. Push the power switch to the OFF position. A chime will sound if the driver’s side door is opened while the power switch is pushed to the ON or ACC position. Instruments and controls 2-21 DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY For the details about the NISSAN Intelligent Key® system, see ⬙NISSAN Intelligent Key® system⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section. Seat belt warning chime The seat belt warning chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. 12-volt battery charge warning chime If the 12-volt battery charge warning light illuminates, the chime will sound when a warning message is displayed on the dot matrix crystal display on the lower display. When the chime sounds, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location and push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever and apply parking brake. The 12-volt battery charge warning light turns off on the lower display and the chime will stop when the parking brake is applied or the vehicle is placed in the P (Park) position. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for support. For details of the meter warnings, see ⬙12volt battery charge warning light⬙. 1 is located The dot matrix liquid crystal display 䊊 in the lower display, and it displays charging related information, Average electricity consumption/Instant electricity consumption, Average vehicle speed, Driving distance/Driving time (Elapsed time), shift position indicator, the cruise control, the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information. For details about the odometer, see ⬙Odometer/ twin trip odometer⬙. For details about the cruise control, see ⬙Cruise control⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. 2-22 Instruments and controls INDICATORS FOR OPERATION Instruments and controls 2-23 1. READY to drive position operation indicator This indicator appears while the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. This indicator means that the EV (Electric Vehicle) system will start when the power switch is pressed with the brake pedal depressed. 2. Key is not detected warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions. No key inside the vehicle: This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the power switch in the ACC or ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Unregistered Intelligent Key: This warning appears when the power switch is placed in the ON, ACC or READY to drive position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot place the power switch in the READY to drive position with an unregistered key. Use an Intelligent Key that has been registered. 2-24 Instruments and controls See ⬙NISSAN Intelligent Key® system⬙ in the ⬙Pre-driving checks and adjustments⬙ section for more details. 3. Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power. 5. Door/rear hatch open warning (power switch is in the ON position) This warning appears if any of the doors and/or the rear hatch are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door or the rear hatch is open on the display. Make sure that all of the doors and the rear hatch are closed. If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. (See ⬙NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery replacement⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-ityourself⬙ section.) This warning also appears alternating with SHIFT ⬙P⬙ warning while the driver’s door is opened with the shift position in any position other than the P (Park) position. See ⬙SHIFT ⬙P⬙ warning (if so equipped)⬙. 4. EV system operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator 6. Intelligent Key system warning This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key System and vehicle are not communicating normally. If this indicator appears, touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. (See ⬙NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section.) This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Key system. If this warning appears while the power switch position is in the ON position, the power switch can not be switched to the READY to drive position. If this warning appears while power switch is in the READY to drive position, the vehicle can be driven. However, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 7. Driver alert This warning appears when the previously set time for a break is reached. You can set the time for up to 6 hours in the setting menu. (See ⬙Trip computer⬙.) 8. Low outside air temperature The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C in the range of ⳮ20°F to 140°F (ⳮ30°C to 60°C). The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37°F (3°C), the warning is displayed on the screen. The outside temperature sensor is located in front side of the vehicle. The sensor may be affected by road, wind directions and other driving conditions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs of billboards. 9. Low washer fluid warning (for Canada) This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See ⬙Window washer fluid⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section.) 10. Light reminder warning This warning appears when the power switch is turned to the OFF position but the headlight switch is still ON. Turn off the headlight switch. parked. The master warning light (red) also illuminates and the chime sounds. 11. Plug in indicator Apply parking brake. The message in the dot matrix display turns off and the chime stops. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. This indicator appears when the charge connector is connected. 14. Shift control system (T/M) warning If the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, the power switch can not be placed in the READY to drive position. 12. Remove charge connector warning This warning appears when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position and if the power switch is pushed to the READY to drive position with the brake pedal depressed, while the charge connector is inserted to the vehicle. Remove the charge connector. 13. Electric shift control system warning This message appears if there is malfunction in the electric shift control system. This message appears when the parking brake is not applied, even after the vehicle has been This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the electric shift control system but operation of the electric shift control is still possible. The master warning (yellow) light also illuminates and the chime sounds. When this occurs, check the shift position indicator by the shift lever or dot matrix crystal display in the meter to make sure that shifting has been performed properly. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible. 15. Shift position warning This warning appears if the system cannot detect the shift position. Make sure the vehicle is placed in a position properly. The master warning light (red) also illuminates and the chime sounds. Check the shift position of the vehicle. Instruments and controls 2-25 16. Li-ion battery low charge warning This indicator appears when the Li-ion battery is getting low. The low battery charge warning light and the master warning light (yellow) also illuminate. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. The [i] symbol is shown on the dot matrix liquid crystal display, this indicates that further information is available on the navigation display. Check the navigation display for further information and instructions. 17. Power limitation warning This display appears when the Li-ion battery capacity is getting too low to move the vehicle or if there is any reason to limit traction power (Li-ion battery low or high temperature etc.). The power limitation indicator light and the master warning light (yellow) also illuminate. The [i] symbol is shown on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. This indicates that further information is available on the navigation display. Check the navigation display for further information and instructions. 18. DC/DC converter warning This warning appears if the DC/DC converter system is not functioning properly. The 12-volt battery charge warning (red) light also and the master warning light illuminate. Stop the vehicle 2-26 Instruments and controls in a safe location and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 19. Apply parking brake warning This warning appears if the DC/DC converter system is not functioning properly after the “Stop the vehicle” message above. If this warning appears on the display, stop the vehicle in a safe location and push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever. If the parking brake is applied, the display turns off. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 20. Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See “Low tire pressure warning light” earlier in this section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” section.) 21. Cruise control indicator Cruise main switch indicator: This indicator is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed. When the main switch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed, the cruise control system is operational. Cruise set switch indicator: This indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system. If the indicator blinks while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. See ⬙Cruise control⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section for details. 22. Shift position indicator The shift position indicator shows the vehicle position when the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position. For more details, see ⬙Driving vehicle⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section of this manual. 23. SHIFT ⬙P⬙ warning (if so equipped) When the power switch is pushed to the ON position, modes of the trip computer can be A. selected by pushing the switch 䊊 This warning appears alternating with door/rear hatch open warning when the driver’s door is opened with the shift position in any position other than the P (Park) position. See ⬙Door/rear hatch open warning (power switch is in the ON position)⬙. If this warning appears, push the P (Park) position switch and place in the P (Park) position. A is pushed, the switch 䊊 Each time the display will change as follows: Charging time → Energy economy → State of charge → Average speed → Driving distance and elapsed time→ Setting → Warning check TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the left side of the combination meter panel. To operate the trip computer, push the following switches: A 䊊 switch B 䊊 switch Instruments and controls 2-27 NOTE: Charging time Displays the estimated time to a full Li-ion charge based on the Charging Mode selected. The time needed to charge the Li-ion battery charges based on: • Outside temperature • Li-ion battery temperature • Available electrical power supplied to the charger 2-28 Instruments and controls • Immediately after charging has finished, the charge time will be displayed as “----”. • The estimated charging time stops updating if the air conditioner is turned on while the Li-ion battery is charging. The estimated charging time updates approximately 15 minutes after the air conditioner is turned off. • The 6 kW and the 3 kW charging time typically shows different times to reach the customer selected charge level. • However, the same charging time may be shown for both the 6 kW and the 3 kW based on the Li-ion battery state of charge and battery temperature. • The system may automatically slow the battery charge to prevent the battery from becoming overcharged. Energy economy Average energy economy: The average energy economy mode shows the average energy economy since the last reset. Resetting the average energy economy is done B for by pushing and holding the switch 䊊 longer than 1 second. (The average speed is also reset at the same time.) The display is updated every 30 seconds. At about the first 0.3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the display shows “----”. Instant energy economy: The instant energy economy mode shows the instant energy economy via a moving bar graph. When regenerated energy is being stored in the Li-ion battery while driving, the instant energy economy display will show the maximum value. The maximum value will then continue to be displayed until the regenerated power is consumed. State of charge (%) Average speed Displays the vehicles current state of charge. The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed (MPH or km/h) since the last reset. The average speed (MPH or km/h) can be reset B for longer than 1 by pushing the switch 䊊 second. The display is updated every 30 seconds. For the first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows “----”. Instruments and controls 2-29 A and The switch 䊊 used in the settings mode. Push the menus. Push the B are switch 䊊 B to scroll through the switch 䊊 A to select a menu. switch 䊊 Skip: Push the check mode. Push the A to move to the warning switch 䊊 B to select other menus. switch 䊊 Clock: Driving distance and elapsed time Driving distance: The driving distance mode shows the total distance (miles or km) the vehicle has been driven since the last reset. The distance can be reset by B for longer than 1 pushing the switch 䊊 second. (The elapsed time is also reset at the same time.) Elapsed time: The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset. The displayed time can be reset by B for longer than 1 pushing the switch 䊊 second. (The driving distance is also reset at the same time.) 2-30 Instruments and controls Settings Settings cannot be accessed while driving. The message, “settings can only be accessed when stationary” is also displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. The clock can be adjusted in this menu. • Back Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode. • Set Clock Adjust the time (hour and minute) of the clock. • 24/12Hr (24 hours or 12 hours) Select either the 24-hour clock display or the 12-hour display. Maintenance: There are 5 submenus under the maintenance menu. • Back Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode. • Tire Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacement of the tires. • Other -1, -2 and -3 Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replaceable/maintenance items. Up to three other items can be monitored. Set other items if required. Alarms: The alarms menu can be set to notify the following items. There are 3 submenus under the alarms menu. • Back Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode. • Driver Alert Select this submenu to set the driver alert period. • Outside temp Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature (On or Off). Units: Units displayed can be set for the following items on this menu. • Back Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode. • Temperature • Speed Language: • Back Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode. • Sound 1 • Sound 2 • Sound 3 • Off Factory settings: Select this menu to reset all values to the factory default settings except for the odometer settings. NOTE: Select this submenu to choose the language displayed. When resetting to the factory settings, all previous settings made are restored to the default settings. To return to the top page of the settings mode, select “BACK”. To return to the top page of the settings mode, select “BACK”. Effects: The start up sound can be selected or turned off from this menu. 5 submenus under the effects menu. When a menu item is selected, the selected sound plays. Instruments and controls 2-31 WARNING INFORMATION DISPLAYS Low battery warning When the low battery charge warning light and the master warning light (yellow) illuminate, the system displays a message on the navigation screen that warns the driver that the Li-ion battery power level is low. Warning check Skip: A to move to the EstiPush the switch 䊊 mated charge time display. Push the menu. B to select another switch 䊊 Detail: This item is available only when a warning is displayed. Select this menu to see details of warnings. 2-32 Instruments and controls 1. The notification is displayed on the upper left side of the screen. Touch [Show] to display the screen showing detailed information. NOTE: • The low battery warning can be set to off. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. • When the battery power level is low, the system automatically obtains charging station information. Limited power warning 2. The system displays a message screen and announces the contents of the message to warn that the Li-ion battery power level is low. Check the message displayed on the screen. Touch [Nearby Charging Station] to search all charging stations that are located around the current vehicle position. 3. Touch [BACK] or push the MAP button to return to the vehicle location screen. When the Li-ion battery power level is extremely low or the Li-ion battery malfunctions, the power limitation indicator and the master warning light (yellow) illuminate in the meter and the system displays a message on the navigation screen in order to inform the driver that power output is restricted. 1. The notification is displayed on the upper left side of the screen. Touch [Show] to display the screen showing detailed information. Instruments and controls 2-33 wheels and tiresⴖ in the section. Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death. 2. The system displays a message screen and announces the contents of the message to warn that power output is restricted and inform the driver of the reason for this occurrence and what action is to be taken. 2. 3. 4. “Other” indicator INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1. Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See ⬙Trip computer⬙.) 2-34 Instruments and controls WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. See ⴖChanging These indicators appears when the customer set distance comes for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the tires. Other maintenance items can include such things as the tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items. (See ⬙Trip computer⬙.) For scheduled maintenance items and intervals, see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. SECURITY SYSTEMS selected and each setting information display can be confirmed. 1. Timer setting status (charging and Climate Ctrl.) The timer setting status (ON or OFF) of the charge and the climate control can be checked. 2. Charging timer setting confirmation The charging timer starting hours, minutes and days for the next charge time that has been set can be checked. 3. Charging time Displays the estimated time to charge the Li-ion battery to the customer selected charge level. 4. Climate Ctrl. Timer setting confirmation Your vehicle has two types of security systems, as follows: • Vehicle security system • NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The set time for ending hours and days of the Climate Ctrl. Timer is displayed. The security status is shown by the security indicator light. INDICATOR FOR TIMER When the power switch is turned off, this display A is appears for 10 seconds. If the switch 䊊 pushed within 10 seconds, the display can be Instruments and controls 2-35 • the power door lock switch • the mechanical key 4. Confirm that the security indicator light illuminates. The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is unlocked, or the power switch is placed in the ACC or ON position, the system will not arm. VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, or rear hatch when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock it when it is left unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features. 2-36 Instruments and controls How to arm the vehicle security system 1. Close all windows. The system can be armed even if the windows are open. 2. Place the power switch in the LOCK or OFF position and remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle. 3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with: button on the Intelligent Key • the LOCK • any request switch Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all doors locked and the power switch in the OFF position. When placing the power switch to the ACC or ON position, the system will be released. Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm: • The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently. • The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again. The alarm is activated by: • Unlocking the door without using the Intelligent Key, the request switch or the key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob, the alarm will activate.) How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop when a door is unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key, door handle request switch or using the mechanical key, or when the power switch is pushed in the ACC or ON position. If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive position without the use of the registered key. If the power switch fails to place the vehicle into the READY to drive position using the registered key, it may be due to interference caused by another registered key, an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring. Restart the EV system using the following procedure: 1. Leave the power switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds. 2. Place the power switch in the OFF position and wait approximately 10 seconds. 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. 4. Place the power switch in the READY to drive position while holding the device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key. If this procedure allows power switch in the READY to drive mode, NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices. ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re- Instruments and controls 2-37 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH If the light still remains on and/or the power switch cannot be placed in the READY to drive position, see a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for a NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for service. WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield. CAUTION Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel. It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. The light blinks after the power switch was in the ACC or OFF position. This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational. If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the power switch is in the ON position. 2-38 Instruments and controls • Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds. • Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty. • Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. • Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water. If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper. WASHER OPERATION To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the 5 until the desired amount of back of the vehicle 䊊 washer fluid is spread on the windshield. The wiper will automatically operate several times. The windshield wiper and washer operates when the power switch is in the ON position. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed: 1 䊊 Intermittent — intermittent operation can be A adjusted by turning the knob toward 䊊 B (Faster). (Slower) or 䊊 2 Low — continuous low speed operation 䊊 3 High — continuous high speed operation 䊊 4 MIST — one sweep operation of the wiper 䊊 Instruments and controls 2-39 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window. If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc., the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow etc. on and around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper. CAUTION • Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds. • Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty. • Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. • Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water. 2-40 Instruments and controls The rear window wiper and washer operate when the power switch is in the ON position. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper. 1 䊊 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not adjustable) 2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation 䊊 3 to operate the Push the switch forward 䊊 washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times. REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH Type A To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors (if so equipped), place the power 1 switch in the ON position and push the switch 䊊 on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Type B It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes. CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster. The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the power switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the dot matrix liquid crystal display switches to the brightness adjustment mode. 1 to display the setting menu of Push the switch 䊊 the brightness control on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. 1 button to move the bar to the + side. Push the 䊊 If the bar reaches the maximum brightness, a 1 is pushed again chime will sound. If the button 䊊 when the brightness is at the maximum setting, the instrument lights turn off. Instruments and controls 2-41 1 is pushed again, the instrument If the button 䊊 lights are turned on to the lowest brightness setting. HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting 1 䊊 Turn the switch to the position: The front park, side marker, tail, license plate and instrument lights will come on. 2 Turn the switch to the position: 䊊 The headlights will come on and all the other lights will remain on. Autolight system (if so equipped) The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically. To set the autolight system: 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO 1 . position 䊊 2. Place the power switch in the ON position. 3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off. To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to or position. the OFF, 2-42 Instruments and controls The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light. For US models: The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously). If the power switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition continues, the headlights remain on for 45 seconds. Automatic headlights off delay: You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the power switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors. You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds. For automatic headlights off delay setting, see the LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. Be sure not to put anything on top of the 1 located on the top of the photo sensor 䊊 instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate. Headlight beam select 1 䊊 To select the low beam, put the lever in the neutral position as shown. 2 To select the high beam, push the lever 䊊 forward while the switch is in the position. Pull it back to select the low beam. 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the 䊊 headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position. Instruments and controls 2-43 Battery saver system • When the headlight switch is in the or position while the power switch is in the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off 45 seconds after the power switch has been placed in the OFF position. • When the headlight switch remains in the or position after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will turn on when the power switch is placed in the ON position. CAUTION • When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not turn off automatically. Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged. • Never leave the light switch on when the power switch is in the OFF, ACC or ON position for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically. 2-44 Instruments and controls Daytime running light system (for Canada) The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the power switch is in the READY to drive position with the parking brake released. The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position. Turn headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night. If the parking brake is applied before the power switch is in the READY to drive position, daytime running lights do not operate. The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released. The daytime running lights will remain on until the power switch is pushed to the OFF position. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 1 Turn signal 䊊 Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automatically. 2 Lane change signal 䊊 To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing. FOG LIGHT SWITCH (IF SO EQUIPPED) HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on. Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The indicator light turn off. NOTE: To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the position, then turn the switch to the position. To turn them off, turn the switch to the OFF position. The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68°F (20°C). The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate. Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel when the power switch is in 1 on the the ON position. The indicator light 䊊 switch will illuminate. If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68°F (20°C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68°F (20°C). The • If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switch is turned on, the system will not heat the steering wheel. This is not a malfunction. • If the outside temperature is low (approximately 50°F (10°C) or less) and the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control are used, the steering wheel heater will automatically operate in the following conditions. – When using the Climate Ctrl. Timer: Operates from approximately 15 minutes before the set departure time until the set departure time. – When using Remote Climate Control: Operates 15 minutes after Remote Climate Control starts. Instruments and controls 2-45 HORN ECO SWITCH To sound the horn, push the center pad area of the steering wheel. To activate the ECO mode, press the ECO 1 on the right side of the steering wheel. switch 䊊 The “ECO indicator light” on the instrument cluster will illuminate. • The heated steering wheel consumes less power than the heater and can be used to either help extend vehicle range by reducing heater use or to maximize comfort by supplementing the heater. WARNING Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury. 2-46 Instruments and controls To deactivate the ECO mode, press the ECO 1 again. The “ECO indicator light” on the switch 䊊 instrument cluster will go out. See “Electronic Shift Control System” in the “Starting and Driving” section. HEATED SEAT SWITCH WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury. CAUTION • Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat. • Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated. • Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater. • Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth. • When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials. • If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Front Rear Instruments and controls 2-47 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH The front seats and the rear outboard seats can be warmed by built-in heaters. The switches located on the center console and at the side of the front passenger seatback can be operated independently of each other. Push the VDC OFF switch again to turn on the VDC system, or the VDC is automatically turned back on when the power switch is placed in the off position and then placed back in the READY to drive position. See ⬙Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system⬙ in the ⬙5 Starting and driving⬙ section. 1. Place the power switch in the ON position. 2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as desired, depending on the temperature. The indicator light in the switch will illuminate. 3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to the level position. Make sure the indicator light goes off. The heater is controlled by a thermostat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch off. NOTE: The heated seats consumes less power than the heater and can be used to either help extend vehicle range by reducing heater use or to maximize comfort by supplementing the heater. 2-48 Instruments and controls The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driving conditions. If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC system reduces the traction motor output to reduce wheel spin. The traction motor speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum traction motor power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch. The indicator will illuminate. CHARGE PORT LID SWITCH CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CHARGE TIMER OFF SWITCH To open the charge port lid, push the charge port lid switch. See “Charge Port Lid” in the “PreDriving Checks and Adjustments” section. To lock or unlock the charge connector, push the charge connector lock switch. See “Charge Connector Lock Switch” in the “Charging” section. To turn off the charge timer, push the charge timer OFF switch. See “Charging Timer” in the “Charging” section. Instruments and controls 2-49 POWER OUTLET STORAGE • Avoid using the power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster are on. • This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit. • Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open. • Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, make sure that the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF. • When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water to contact the outlet. The power outlet is located in the instrument panel. CAUTION • The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use. • Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12-volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. • Use the power outlet with the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position to avoid discharging the 12volt battery. 2-50 Instruments and controls Front CUP HOLDERS CAUTION • Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger. • Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. CAUTION • Do not use for anything other than sunglasses. • Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses. SUNGLASSES HOLDER Soft bottle holders To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder. CAUTION • Do not use the bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident. • Do not use the bottle holder for open liquid containers. WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident. Instruments and controls 2-51 GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX WARNING Keep the glove box lid closed while driving to prevent injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop. To open the glove box, pull the handle. To close, push the lid in until the lock latches. 2-52 Instruments and controls A To open the console box, push up the knob 䊊 and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until it is latched. CARGO COVER (IF SO EQUIPPED) WARNING • Never put anything on the cargo cover, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop. • Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder. • Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. • Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged. – If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. – Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap. Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside. STOWING GOLF BAGS To remove the cargo cover: 1. Remove the straps from the rear hatch. 2. Pull up the cargo cover. 3. Remove the cargo cover holders from the rear pillar. 4. Slide down the cargo cover along the rear seat back. 5. Remove the cargo cover by pulling either the left or right side backward away from the pillar. Normally, two standard golf bags can be stowed in the cargo area. Insert the top of the golf bag 1 then rotate the into right side of the cargo area 䊊 2 . Insert the top of the 2nd golf bag backward 䊊 3 and stow bag into right side of the cargo area 䊊 4 . the bottom of golf bag forward all the way 䊊 In some cases, you may not be able to stow two golf bags in your vehicle, depending on their sizes or types. Instruments and controls 2-53 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING LUGGAGE SIDE HOOK CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 4 lb (2 kg) to the hook. Doing so may cause the hook to break. The hook is located at the side of the luggage room. Use the hook to secure the Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE). 2-54 Instruments and controls • Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. • Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in the window. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. The power windows operate when the power switch is in the ON position, or for about 45 seconds after the power switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is canceled. Main power window switch (driver’s side) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Driver side window Front passenger side window Rear left passenger side window Rear right passenger side window Window lock button A or To open or close the window, push down 䊊 B the switch and hold it. The main switch pull up 䊊 (driver’s side switches) will open or close all the windows. Locking passengers’ windows C is pushed in, only the When the lock button 䊊 driver side window can be opened or closed. Push it in again to cancel. Passenger side power window switch Automatic operation The passenger’s side power window switch will open or close only the corresponding window. To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it. The automatic operation is available for the switch that has an mark on its surface. To fully open or close the window, completely push down or pull up the switch and release it; the switch need not be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction. A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released. Instruments and controls 2-55 INTERIOR LIGHTS Auto-reverse function WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window. If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing, the window will be immediately lowered. The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the power switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the power switch is placed in the OFF position. Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs. 2-56 Instruments and controls If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system. 1. Place the power switch in the ON position. 2. Close the door. 3. Open the window completely by operating the power window switch. 4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely. 5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete. If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the power switch in the OFF position. This could result in a discharged 12-volt battery. • doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button or the request switch, with the power switch in the LOCK position – remains on for about 15 seconds. • any door is opened and then closed with the power switch in the LOCK position – remains on for about 15 seconds. • any door is opened with the power switch in the ACC or ON position – remains on while the door is opened. When the door is closed, the light turns off. MAP LIGHTS Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turn them off, press the button again. CEILING LIGHT The ceiling light switch has three positions: ON , DOOR and OFF. ON position 1 , the When the switch is in the ON position 䊊 ceiling light will illuminate. The light will automatically turn off after 10 minutes when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged. OFF position 3 , the When the switch is in the OFF position 䊊 ceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of the condition. DOOR position 2 , the When the switch is in the DOOR position 䊊 ceiling light will illuminate under the following conditions: • the power switch is placed in the LOCK position. – remains on for about 15 seconds. Instruments and controls 2-57 HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (IF SO EQUIPPED) The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device. HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: • Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) devices such as garage doors, gates, home and office lighting, entry door locks and security systems. • Is powered by the vehicle’s 12-volt battery. No separate batteries are required. If the vehicle’s 12-volt battery is discharged or is disconnected, HomeLink® will retain all programming. Once the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (for example, new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional information, see “Programming HomeLink®” later in this section. 2-58 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® WARNING • Do not use the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards. (These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener that cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death. • During the programming procedure, your garage door or security gate will open or close (if the transmitter is within range). Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming. • Place the power switch in the ACC or ON position while programming the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. NOTE: Place the ignition switch in the ACC position when programming HomeLink®. It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency. 1. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 1–3 inches (2–8 cm) away from the HomeLink® surface, keeping the HomeLink® 1 in view. indicator light 䊊 2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release 1 flashes until the HomeLink® indicator light 䊊 slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.) NOTE: Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the “Programing HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers” section. 3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light. 1 • If the indicator light 䊊 is solid/ continuous, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released. 1 blinks rapidly for • If the indicator light 䊊 two seconds and then turns to a solid/ continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A second person may make the following steps easier. Please use a ladder or other device. Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps. 4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the “learn” or “smart” button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the garage door opener’s manual. 5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” button. 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink® button for two seconds and release. Repeat the “press/hold/ release” sequence up to 3 times to complete the training process. HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device. 7. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several seconds of transmission – which may not be long Instruments and controls 2-59 enough for HomeLink® to pick up the signal during training. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to “timeout” in the same manner. If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the “Training” procedures, replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step 2 with the following: NOTE: When programming a garage door opener, etc., unplug the device during the “cycling” process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components. 1. See “Programing HomeLink®” step 1 earlier in this section. 2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and the hand-held transmitter button. During training, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash slowly 2-60 Instruments and controls and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training. DO NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training. Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®” step 3 to complete. If the device was unplugged during the programming procedure, remember to plug it back in when programming is completed. OPERATING THE HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate the programmed device. To operate, simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time. PROGRAMMING TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the handheld transmitter information, perform the following steps. • Replace the hand-held transmitter batteries with new batteries. • Position the hand-held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink® surface. • Push and hold both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter buttons without interruption. • Position the hand-held transmitter 1 to 3 inches (2 to 8 cm) away from the HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not programmed within that time, try holding the transmitter in another position while keeping the indicator light in view at all times. If you continue to have programming difficulties, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department. The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner’s Manual. CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons. Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed, see “Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button” in this section. To clear all programming: 1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds. 2. Release both buttons. HomeLink® is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1. REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK® BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button, complete the following: 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® button. DO NOT release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink® but- ton, proceed with “Programming HomeLink®” Step 1. For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1–800–355–3515. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink® buttons. IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information. When your vehicle is recovered, you will need to reprogram the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information. FCC notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Instruments and controls 2-61 NOTES 2-62 Instruments and controls 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NISSAN Intelligent Keys® . . . . . . . . . . Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking with Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . Locking with power door lock switch. . . . . Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . NISSAN Intelligent Key® operating range of the door lock/unlock function . . . . . . . . . Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . NISSAN Intelligent Key® operation . . . . . 12-volt battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 .3-2 .3-3 .3-4 .3-4 .3-5 .3-5 .3-6 .3-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 . .3-8 . .3-9 .3-10 .3-11 .3-12 How to use remote keyless entry function . Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secondary rear hatch release . . . . . . . . Charge port lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . Charge port cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card holder (driver’s side only) . . . . . . . . . Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 .3-16 .3-17 .3-18 .3-18 .3-18 .3-19 .3-20 .3-20 .3-21 .3-21 .3-22 .3-22 .3-23 .3-24 KEYS memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. It is possible that the Intelligent key functions became canceled. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, see a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate. CAUTION A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, this key can be duplicated by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. NOTE: Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when leaving the vehicle. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEYS® 1. Intelligent Key (2) 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2) 3. Key number plate (1) Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all 3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following. • The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. • Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object. • If the outside temperature is below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of the intelligent key may not function properly. • Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). • Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. • Do not use a magnet key holder. DOORS • Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set, personal computer or cellular phone. • Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WARNING Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. • Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders. • Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic. • Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors. See ⬙Doors⬙. CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 • You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once. (See the LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key. • Turning the driver’s door key cylinder towards 1 will lock all doors and the front of the vehicle 䊊 the rear hatch. • Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once to2 will unlock the wards the rear of the vehicle 䊊 driver’s door. After returning the key to the neutral position, turning it towards the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and the rear hatch. 3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key, move the inside 1 then close the lock knob to the lock position 䊊 door. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the 2 . unlock position 䊊 When the front door is locked, pulling the front door handle will unlock the front door. When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door is open, all doors will lock and unlock automatically. When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed. These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle. AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors. The switches are located on the driver’s and front passenger’s door armrests. • All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h). • All doors unlock automatically when the power switch is placed in the OFF position. 3. Within 20 seconds of performing step 2. • Push and hold the power door lock switch to position for more than the “UNLOCK” 5 seconds. 4. When activated, the hazard warning lights will flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard warning lights will flash once. 5. The power switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change. When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the power is placed in the OFF position. To unlock the door manually, use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side). The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated. To lock the doors, push the power door lock 1 with the driver’s or switch to the lock position 䊊 front passenger’s door open, then close the door. To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system, perform the following procedure. When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. 1. Close all doors. 2. Place the power switch in the ON position. To unlock the doors, push the power door lock 2 . switch to the unlock position 䊊 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM WARNING CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle. 1 , When the levers are in the lock position 䊊 the rear doors can be opened only from the outside. To disengage, move the levers to the unlock 2 . position 䊊 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. • The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight. The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door and the rear hatch locks by using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation. Be sure to read the following items before using the Intelligent Key system. CAUTION • Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle. • Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle because it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions. • When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station or broadcasting station. • When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular phone, transceiver or CB radio. • When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials. • When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby. • When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer. • When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter. In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key. Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one. When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged, firmly apply the foot brake and touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key. Then push the power switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sound. Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment that transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV or personal computer, the battery life may become shorter. For information regarding replacement of a battery, see ⬙Key battery replacement⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. CAUTION • Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the functioning of the system. • Do not drop the Intelligent Key. • Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object. • Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. • The Intelligent Key may be damaged if it gets wet. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. • If the outside temperature is below 14°F (ⴑ10°C), the battery of the Intelligent key may not function properly. • Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). • Do not attach the Intelligent Key to a key holder that contains a magnet. • Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computer or cellular phone. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) 1 . from each request switch 䊊 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function. When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors including the rear hatch. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® OPERATING RANGE OF THE DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified 1 . operating range from the request switch 䊊 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly. 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION • Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle. • After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them. • To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors. • Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag. When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (driver’s or front passenB within A or rear hatch request switch 䊊 ger’s) 䊊 the range of operation. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 When you lock or unlock the doors or the rear hatch, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details, see ⬙Setting hazard indicator and horn mode⬙. Locking doors 1. Push the power switch into the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1 2. Close all the doors and the rear hatch. 3. Push the door handle request switch (driver’s A or the rear hatch or front passenger’s) 䊊 B while carrying the Intellirequest switch 䊊 gent Key with you.*2 4. All the doors and the rear hatch will lock. 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice. *1: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while the power switch is in the ACC or ON position. *2: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key. 3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments CAUTION • After locking the door using the request switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. • When locking the doors using the request switch, make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle. • The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system. Unlocking doors A or 1. Push the door handle request switch 䊊 B once while the rear hatch request switch 䊊 carrying the Intelligent Key with you. 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the outside chime sounds once. The corresponding door or the rear hatch will unlock. 3. Push the door handle request or the rear hatch request switch again within 1 minute. 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and the outside chime sounds once again. All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked. • Opening any door. • Pushing the power switch. During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute. Opening rear hatch 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. C. 2. Push the rear hatch opener switch 䊊 3. The rear hatch will unlock and open. 12-VOLT BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent 12-volt battery discharge. • The power switch is in the ACC position, • All doors are closed, and • The vehicle is in the P (Park) position. WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display. When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key. See ⬙Troubleshooting guide⬙ and ⬙Dot matrix liquid crystal display⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom When opening the driver’s door to The inside warning chime sounds continuously. get out of the vehicle Possible cause Action to take The power switch is pushed to the OFF poClose the driver’s door. sition while the driver’s door is open. The power switch is in the ACC position. Push the power switch to the OFF position then close the driver’s door. The KEY is not detected warning appears on the When closing the door after getting The power switch is in the ACC or ON posidisplay, the outside chime sounds 3 times and the Push the power switch to the OFF position. out of the vehicle tion. inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds. When closing the door with the in- The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or Carry the Intelligent Key with you. side lock knob turned to LOCK all the doors unlock. cargo area. When pushing the request switch or button on the Intel- The outside chime sounds for a few seconds. the “LOCK” ligent Key to lock the door The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or a Carry the Intelligent Key with you. cargo area. A door is not closed securely. The Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator apThe Intelligent Key battery charge is low. pears on the display. When pushing the power switch in the READY to drive position The Key is not detected warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds for a The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. few seconds. When pushing the power switch Close the door securely. Replace the battery with a new one. See ⬙Key battery replacement⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. The Intelligent Key system warning indicator ap- It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. pears on the display. Key system. 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION WARNING • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. • The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight. CAUTION • Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function. • Do not drop the Intelligent Key. • Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object. • Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. • Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. • Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). • Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet. • Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computers or cellular phone. • When the doors are open or not closed securely. • When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. The remote keyless entry function can also operate the vehicle alarm. The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless entry function of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.) The remote keyless entry function will not operate: • When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 3. Close all the doors. 1 on the 4. Push the LOCK button 䊊 Intelligent Key. 5. All the doors and the rear hatch will lock. 6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. *1: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while the power switch is in the ACC or ON position. Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked. Locking doors 1 䊊 2 䊊 3 䊊 4 䊊 LOCK button UNLOCK button CHARGE PORT UNLOCK button PANIC When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn will sound as a confirmation. For details, see ⬙Setting hazard indicator and horn mode⬙. 1. Push the power switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1 2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. 3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Unlocking doors 2 on the 1. Push the UNLOCK button 䊊 Intelligent Key once. 2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driver’s door will unlock. button on the Intel3. Push the UNLOCK ligent Key again within 1 minute. 4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button while the doors are locked. • Opening any door (including the rear hatch). • Pushing the power switch. During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute. Opening charge port lid The charge port lid may be opened by pressing and holding the charge port unlock button 3 . 䊊 For additional information see ⬙Opening charge port lid⬙ in this section. Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows: 4 on the 1. Push the PANIC button 䊊 Intelligent Key for more than 1 second. 2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time. 3. The panic alarm stops when: • It has run for a period of time, or • Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key is pushed. (Note: The PANIC button must be pushed for more than 1 second.) Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the 1 is pushed, the hazard LOCK button 䊊 indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. 2 is pushed, When the UNLOCK button 䊊 the hazard indicator flashes once. In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates. If horns are not necessary, the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode. Hazard indicator and horn mode: Operation DOOR LOCK Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch Pushing or button DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - twice HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once HAZARD - twice HORN - once HAZARD - once HORN - none Hazard indicator mode: Operation DOOR LOCK Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch Pushing or button DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - none HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none HAZARD - twice HORN - none HAZARD - none HORN - none Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 HOOD Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime) 1 and UNoperation, push the LOCK 䊊 2 buttons on the Intelligent Key LOCK 䊊 simultaneously for more than 2 seconds. • When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. • When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once. When opening the hood: WARNING • Make sure that the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to open during driving and result in an accident. • If steam or smoke is emitting from the motor compartment, do not open the hood. Doing so could cause an injury. 3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 1. Securely close the charge port door. 1 located be2. Pull the hood release handle 䊊 low the instrument panel. The hood will then spring up slightly. 2 in between the hood and 3. Locate the lever 䊊 charge port lid, and push the lever upward with your fingertips. 3 . 4. Raise the hood 䊊 4 from the hood 5. Remove the support rod 䊊 5 . and insert it into the slot 䊊 A when removing or Hold the coated part 䊊 resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts because they may be hot immediately after the EV (Electric Vehicle) system has been stopped. When closing the hood: 1. Return the support rod to its original position. 2. Slowly move the hood down to latch the lock. 3. Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place. REAR HATCH WARNING • Always make sure that the rear hatch has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving. • Do not drive with the rear hatch open. • Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing the rear hatch. To open the rear hatch, unlock it and push the A . Pull up the rear rear hatch opener switch 䊊 hatch to open. The rear hatch can be unlocked by: • Pushing the rear hatch request switch (if so equipped) (See “Intelligent Key system” earlier in this section). button on the • Pushing the UNLOCK Intelligent Key (if so equipped) (See “Intelligent Key system” earlier in this section). • Pushing the UNLOCK button on the remote controller (if so equipped) (See “Intelligent Key system” earlier in this section). • Pushing the power door lock switch to the “UNLOCK” position. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 CHARGE PORT LID OPENING CHARGE PORT LID CAUTION Make sure that the charge port lid is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the lid to open suddenly during driving. SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a discharged battery, etc. Push the lever up to open the rear hatch with a suitable tool. If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. 3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Switch When opening the charge port lid perform one of the following: • Push the charge port lid opener switch located on the instrument panel, or • Press and hold the charge port unlock button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second. Button When opening the charge port lid: 1. The charge port lid will then spring up slightly. 2. Put your hand into the under side of the lid and open until it is in the fully open position. CHARGE PORT CAP When closing the charge port lid: When opening the charge port cap, press the tab and open the cap. 1. Slowly move the lid down. 2. Lock it securely into place. When the charge port cap is closed to its previous position, it will lock automatically. CAUTION • When charging is finished, be sure to close the charge port cap. If water or dust gets inside the charge port, this may cause a malfunction. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 TILT STEERING COLUMN • Pay particular attention when using the normal charge port as the charge port lid can be closed even when the normal charge port cap is open. • Close the quick charge (if so equipped) port cap before closing the charging lid. The quick charge port cap can be damaged if it is open when closing the charge port lid. WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident. TILT OPERATION 1 and adjust the Push the lock lever down 䊊 2 to the desired steering wheel up or down 䊊 position. 3 to lock the steering Pull the lock lever up 䊊 wheel in place. 3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS CARD HOLDER (DRIVER’S SIDE ONLY) 3 䊊 Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed. CAUTION • Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position. • Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward. To access the card holder, pull the sun visor down and slide card in the card holder. Do not view information while operating the vehicle. 1 To block out glare from the front, swing down 䊊 the sun visor. 2 To block glare from the side, remove the sun 䊊 visor from the center mount and swing it to the side. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 MIRRORS INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR Adjust the angle of the inside rearview mirror to the preferred position. Type A Automatic anti-glare type (if so equipped) The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection based on the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle behind. The anti-glare system automatically turns on when the power switch is moved to the ON position. When the system is turned on, the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the 䊊 headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced. 3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Type B B for 3 seconds Type A: Push the switch 䊊 to turn off the automatic anti-glare system. The indicator turns off when the system is off. Push the switch again for 3 seconds to turn the system on. Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply glass cleaner to it. Doing so will reC , resultduce the sensitivity of the sensor 䊊 ing in improper operation. C to make the inside Type B: Push the “䡩” switch 䊊 rearview mirror operate normally. The indicator D to turn the light will turn off. Push the “I” switch 䊊 system on. The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest. Do not allow any object to cover the senE or apply glass cleaner on them. sors 䊊 Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in improper operation. The outside mirror will operate only when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position. Turn the switch right or left to select the right or 1 , then adjust the mirror using left side mirror 䊊 2 . the control switch 䊊 WARNING Defrosting outside mirrors (if so equipped) Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view clarity. OUTSIDE MIRRORS Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated. See ⬙Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 Folding outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle. To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover. 3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 4 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Rearview monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . Difference between predicted and actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic climate control (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic climate control (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio system (models without Navigation System). Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 . . .4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 .4-5 .4-5 .4-6 .4-6 .4-6 .4-7 . .4-10 . . . . . . . .4-17 .4-26 .4-26 .4-26 .4-27 .4-27 .4-28 FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD) player (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . USB memory operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPod® player operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD Care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering wheel switch for audio control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth® hands-free phone system without navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Getting started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice adaptation (VA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35 .4-39 .4-41 .4-43 .4-43 .4-44 .4-45 .4-45 .4-47 .4-47 .4-49 .4-49 .4-51 .4-55 .4-56 .4-58 REARVIEW MONITOR (IF SO EQUIPPED) When the shift selector is shifted into the R (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows a rearward view from the vehicle. WARNING • The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground. • The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up. Always back up slowly. • Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used. • Make sure that the hatch is securely closed when backing up. • Do not put anything on the rearview camera. The rearview camera is installed on top of the hatch. • When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock. • Do not strike the camera. It is a precision instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock. CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera. Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover. 4-2 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the A are displayed on the monitor. vehicle body line 䊊 Distance guide lines: Indicate distances from the vehicle body. 1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) • Red line 䊊 2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m) • Yellow line 䊊 3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m) • Green line 䊊 4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m) • Green line 䊊 B . Note that any object on the hill is the place 䊊 the hill is further than it appears on the monitor. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects. Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to the A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on place 䊊 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3 B . Note that any object on the hill is the place 䊊 the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor. Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to the A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on place 䊊 4-4 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Backing up behind a projecting object C is shown farther than the position The position 䊊 C is B in the display. However, the position 䊊 䊊 A. actually at the same distance as the position 䊊 The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to A if the object projects over the the position 䊊 actual backing up course. • Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving. OPERATING TIPS ADJUSTING THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the quality of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle. For vehicles without Navigation System: 1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 2. Turn the TUNE-SCROLL knob to highlight the “Brightness” or “Contrast” key. 3. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 4. Adjust the level using the TUNE-SCROLL knob and then press the ENTER/SETTING button to apply the adjustment. • When the shift selector is shifted to R (Reverse), the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode. However, the radio can be heard. • It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift selector has been shifted to R (Reverse). Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely. When the shift selector is returned to a position other than R (Reverse), it may take some time until the screen changes. Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed. • When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display objects. This is not a malfunction. • When strong light directly enters the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. • Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper. This is not a malfunction. • The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. This is not a malfunction. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5 VENTS • The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object. • When the contrast of objects is low at night, pressing the SETTING button may not change the brightness. • Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night. • If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera, the RearView Monitor may not display objects. Clean the camera. • Do not use body wax on the camera window. If body wax does get on the camera window, wipe off the wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water. CENTER VENTS Open/close the vents by moving the control to either direction. : This symbol indicates that the vents are closed. Moving the side control to this direction will close the vents. : This symbol indicates that the vents are open. Moving the side control to this direction will open the vents. Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by moving the knob (up/down) until the desired position is achieved. 4-6 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Driver side SIDE VENTS Open/close the vents by moving the control to either direction. : This symbol indicates that the vents are closed. Moving the side control to this direction will close the vents. : This symbol indicates that the vents are open. Moving the side control to this direction will open the vents. CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM WARNING Passenger side Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by moving the knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved. • The air conditioning cooling function operates only when the power switch is in the ON position or when the READY to drive indicator light is ON. • Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. • Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. The fan, heater and air conditioning can be turned on manually, using the timer function and using the remote climate control function. These functions operate in the following conditions. The climate control system (air conditioner and heater functions) can be operated when the READY to drive indicator light is illuminated. However, while charging, the climate control system can be used when the power switch is in the ON position. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7 Power switch position LOCK/OFF ACC ON READY to drive Fan - - Available Available Heater and air conditioner - - Available*2 Available Timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer) Available*1 Available*1 - - Remote control*3 Available Available - - *1: The EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) must be connected. *2: The climate control system will only start when charging is being performed. After charging is complete, it will continue to operate if the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected. *3: Models with Navigation System. 4-8 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems NOTE: DISPLAYING CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM) Push the STATUS button to display the climate control system status on the navigation system screen. (See the LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual.) • If the READY to drive indicator light is illuminated and the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected to the vehicle, the power switch will change to the ON position. At the same time, the climate control system will stop operating. However, the fan will continue to operate. If you want to turn on climate control again, place the power switch in the OFF position and then place it in the ON position again after confirming that the vehicle has started charging. • When the power switch is in the ON position, if the power supply from the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is interrupted due to an electrical outage, etc., the system will operate in the following ways. – If it occurs while charging is being performed: – The climate control system will stop once. If the power supply is restored within approximately 5 minutes, the climate control system will restart. However, if more than 5 minutes have elapsed, the climate control system will not restart. – If it occurs after charging has finished: – The climate control system will stop. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9 8. A/C (air conditioner) ON·OFF button 9. MODE (manual air flow control) button 10. HEAT button 11. A/C-Heater ON·OFF button Automatic operation (AUTO) The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls constant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed. To turn off the climate control, push the A/CHeater ON·OFF button. The same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that was active when the system is turned off is active when system is turned back on. While operating the climate control in the AUTO mode, selecting any other climate control button de-activates the AUTO mode and activates manual mode. Cooling and/or dehumidified heating: AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM) 1. 2. 3. (fan speed control) dial (intake air control) button (front defroster) button 4. Climate Ctrl. display 5. (rear window defroster) button (See ⬙Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section.) 6. Temperature control dial 7. AUTO climate control ON button 4-10 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems The dehumidified heating mode can be used to keep the windows from fogging. In this mode, the heat pump compressor is used in A/C mode for dehumidifying the air instead of heating it. The PTC heater is also used in conjunction to heat the air. This mode will increase energy consumption and therefore reduce range. 1. Push the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will illuminate. 2. If the A/C indicator light does not illuminate, push the A/C button. The A/C indicator light will illuminate. 3. If the HEAT indicator light does not illuminate, press the HEAT button. The HEAT indicator light will illuminate. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. The temperature range is between 60°F (18°C) and 90°F (32°C). 5. To set the automatic control mode, press and hold the (intake air control) button. The indicator will blink twice and inside/outside circulation will switch automatically. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. Heating (A/C off): 1. Push the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will illuminate. 2. Press the HEAT button. The indicator light on the HEAT button will come on. If the indicator light on the A/C button remains on, press the A/C button so that the indicator light turns off. 3. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push the A/C button. The A/C indicator light will turn off. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. The temperature range is between 60°F (16°C) and 90°F (32°C). • Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly. • If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off heating. Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: 1. Push the front defroster button. (The indicator light will illuminate.) 2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. • To remove moisture or fog on the front window quickly, set the temperature to the high temperature and the fan speed to their maximum level. • After the windshield is cleared, push the front defroster button again. (The indicator light will turn off.) button is • When the front defroster pushed, the air conditioner will automatically turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air circulation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance. Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings. To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the A/C-Heater ON·OFF button. Fan speed control: Turn the fan speed control dial to increase the fan speed. clockwise Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed. Push the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11 Air flow control: Note: Push the MODE button to change the air flow mode. — Air flows from the center and side ventilators. — Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets. — Air flows mainly from the foot outlets. — Air flows from the defroster outlets and foot outlets. The ventilation mode requires a lower power consumption, so cruising distance will increase. Temperature control: Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. The temperature range is between 60°F (16°C) and 90°F (32°C). Ventilation: 1. Push the AUTO button so that the indicator light turns off. 2. Push the HEAT button and A/C button if the indicator lights are on so that both indicator lights turn off. Air recirculation: Push the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle. Outside air circulation: Push the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light does not illuminate, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle. Automatic air intake control: To set the automatic control mode, push and hold the (intake air control) button. The indicator light will blink twice and the inside/outside circulation will then be controlled automatically. When in automatic mode, the indictor light will come on when inside air recirculation is active. 4-12 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Climate Ctrl. Timer The air conditioner starts to operate at the time of day and day of the week specified in the settings. This pre heats or pre cools the vehicle to a factory preset temperature in the passenger compartment before driving while the charger is connected to vehicle. This helps reduce power consumption from the Li-ion battery. As the temperature is set to the factory default setting, the user cannot adjust the temperature. The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air conditioner using power from the charger. Electric power from the Li-ion battery is not used. Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it automatically starts when the set time is reached. It is therefore not necessary to set the Climate Ctrl. Timer everyday. WARNING Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the temperature in the passenger compartment may become high or low if the system automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. Also on cold days, temperature in a vehicle could become low enough to cause sever or possible fatal injuries to people or animals. A of the left side of the switch 䊊 1. Push the combination meter panel. B until “Climate Ctrl. 2. Push the switch 䊊 Timer” is highlighted on the dot matrix liquid crystal display and then push the switch. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13 3. The “Climate Ctrl. Timer” screen is displayed. To change the time or turn the climate control timer on or off, push the switch. 4. To turn the timer on or off, use the switch to highlight “On” or “Off” and then push the switch. If “On” is selected, an additional screen is displayed that allows you to change the time or the climate control timer. 4-14 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. The hour portion of the time is highlighted on the screen. Push the switch to change the hour field in increments of one hour. Push the switch to move to the minutes field. switch to change the minute 6. Push the field in increments of ten minutes. Push the switch to finish setting the climate control timer. Operating tips: • The automatic climate control is equipped with A and 䊊 B sensors as illustrated. The sensors 䊊 help maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around these sensors. • Push the AUTO switch to reduce the power consumption of the climate control system. • When the AUTO switch is pushed, both the AUTO and A/C indicator illuminate. • • The AUTO indicator will turn off if the MODE button, A/C button, fan speed control buttons, front defroster button, outside air circulation button or air circulation button is pushed. • When the outside air temperature is low, the air flow from the foot outlets will be low or may not operate for up to 150 seconds after turning on the air conditioner. This is not a malfunction. • Power consumption of the climate control varies depending on the outside temperature and the temperature set for the climate control. Power consumption increases if the interior temperature is cooled down too much in summer or if it is warmed up too much in winter. This reduces vehicle range. • When the vehicle is in the ECO position, the climate control operates in the ECO mode which reduces the power consumption. • If the charger is connected to the vehicle when it is in the ready to drive mode and the air conditioner or heater is on, the power switch automatically changes to the ON position. The climate control system automatically turns off the heater or air conditioner and switches to the air recirculation mode. Place the power switch in the off position to begin charging. Turn on the desired climate control function. • If the air conditioner or heater is on while charging, the climate control system automatically turns off the heater or air conditioning and switches to the air recirculation mode when charging is complete. • The remote climate control or climate control timer may fog up windows depending on the set temperature or outside temperature. • When turning on the seat heater switch prior to operating the remote climate control or climate control timer, the seat heater also will turn on. The steering wheel heater will turn on automatically when the outside temperature is low. • When the vehicle is in ECO mode, the air conditioner will accordingly stay in ECO mode for lower power consumption. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15 In-cabin microfilter: Servicing climate control The climate control system is equipped with an in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen, dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner, heats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter regularly. To replace the filter, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The climate control system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN climate control. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system. See ⬙Capacities and recommended lubricants⬙ in the ⬙Technical and consumer information⬙ section for climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations. The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the climate control system. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate control system. 4-16 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 8. A/C-Heater ON·OFF button 9. AUTO climate control ON button 10. MODE (manual air flow control) button 11. A/C (air conditioner) ON·OFF button Automatic operation (AUTO) The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls constant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed. To turn off the climate control, push the A/CHeater ON·OFF button. The same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that was active when the system is turned off is active when system is turned back on. While operating the climate control in the AUTO mode, selecting any other climate control button de-activates the AUTO mode and activates manual mode. Cooling and/or dehumidified heating: AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM) 1. Temperature control button 2. HEAT button 3. Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator 4. 5. 6. (front defroster) button (fan speed control) button (rear window defroster) button (See ⬙Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section.) 7. (intake air control) button The dehumidified heating mode can be used to keep the windows from fogging. In this mode, the heat pump compressor is used in A/C mode for dehumidifying the air instead of heating it. The PTC heater is also used in conjunction to heat the air. This mode will increase energy consumption and therefore reduce range. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17 1. Push the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will illuminate. 2. If the A/C indicator light does not illuminate, push the A/C button. The A/C indicator light will illuminate. 3. If the HEAT indicator light does not illuminate, press the HEAT button. The HEAT indicator light will illuminate. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. The temperature range is between 60°F (18°C) and 90°F (32°C). 5. To set the automatic control mode, press and hold the (intake air control) button. The indicator will blink twice and inside/outside circulation will switch automatically. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. Heating (A/C off): 1. Push the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will illuminate. 2. Press the HEAT button. The indicator light on the HEAT button will come on. If the indicator light on the A/C button remains on, press the A/C button so that the indicator light turns off. 3. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push the A/C button. The A/C indicator light will turn off. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. The temperature range is between 60°F (16°C) and 90°F (32°C). • Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly. • If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off heating. Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: 1. Push the front defroster button. (The indicator light will illuminate.) 2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. • To remove moisture or fog on the front window quickly, set the temperature to the high temperature and the fan speed to their maximum level. • After the windshield is cleared, push the front defroster button again. (The indicator light will turn off.) button is • When the front defroster pushed, the air conditioner will automatically 4-18 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air circulation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance. Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings. To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the A/C-Heater ON·OFF button. Fan speed control: Push “+” of the fan speed control button increase the fan speed. to Push “ⳮ” of the fan speed control button to increase the fan speed. Push the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode. Air flow control: Note: Push the MODE button to change the air flow mode. — Air flows from the center and side ventilators. — Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets. — Air flows mainly from the foot outlets. — Air flows from the defroster outlets and foot outlets. The ventilation mode requires a lower power consumption, so cruising distance will increase. Temperature control: Push the temperature control , ton to set the desired temperature. but- The temperature range is between 60°F (18°C) and 90°F (32°C). Ventilation: 1. Push the AUTO button so that the indicator light turns off. 2. Push the HEAT button and A/C button if the indicator lights are on so that both indicator lights turn off. Climate Ctrl. Timer Air recirculation: Push the air recirculation button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle. Outside air circulation: Push the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light does not illuminate, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle. Automatic air intake control: To set the automatic control mode, push and hold the (intake air control) button. The indicator light will blink twice and the inside/outside circulation will then be controlled automatically. When in automatic mode, the indictor light will come on when inside air recirculation is active. The air conditioner starts to operate at the time of day and day of the week specified in the settings. This pre heats or pre cools the vehicle to a factory preset temperature in the passenger compartment before driving while the charger is connected to vehicle. This help reduce power consumption from the Li-ion battery. As the temperature is set to the factory default setting, the user cannot adjust the temperature. The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air conditioner using power from the charger. Electric power from the Li-ion battery is not used. The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two different timer settings. Each timer charge function can be set to activate on a different day of the week. Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it automatically starts when the set time is reached. It is therefore not necessary to set the Climate Ctrl. Timer everyday. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19 WARNING Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the temperature in the passenger compartment may become high or low if the system automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. Also on cold days, temperature in a vehicle could become low enough to cause sever or possible fatal injuries to people or animals. How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer: 1. Push the 4-20 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems (Zero Emission menu) button. 2. Touch “Climate Ctrl. Timer”. 3. Touch “Set Timer 1” or “Set Timer 2”. The following procedure explains the Timer 1 setting. 4. Enter the departure time. 5. To set the Climate Ctrl. Timer for different days of the week, touch “Assign Days”. Select the preferred timer setting for each day of the week. After setting, touch “OK”. The previous screen is displayed. 6. When the settings are completed, touch “Save Timer”. The settings confirmation screen will be displayed. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21 7. If the settings shown on the screen are correct, touch “Yes”. 8. The indicator of “Timer 1” illuminates after the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set. Use the same procedure to set the Timer 2 setting. 9. Place the power switch to the OFF position, and then connect the charge connector to the vehicle. Operation tips: • The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start when the power switch is in the “OFF” position. Always turn the power switch to the “OFF” position after the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set. • Touch “Timer 1” or “Timer 2” to turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer function. After this operation has been performed, the indicator turns off and the Climate Ctrl. Timer function will be turned off. The start and stop time settings are not deleted even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer function is turned off. 4-22 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems • If OFF is selected for a day of the week, the Climate Ctrl. timer will not operate on that day. The system will wait until the next charging timer set to perform charging. • While the Climate Ctrl. Timer operates, the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator and the charging status indicator lights flash. If the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate, the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator illuminates. • If the timer charge function and the Climate Ctrl. Timer are in operation at the same time due to an overlap of the timer settings, either function can be set to be preferentially provided with electric power. For the details of “Timer Priority” settings, refer to separate LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. • The temperature in the passenger compartment may not be comfortable if entering the vehicle too soon before or too long after the scheduled time of departure. • Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected. Therefore, the temperature may not reach the factory default setting due to limitations in air conditioning performance, if ambient temperature is excessively high or low, or if the charge connector is connected to a 120V outlet. • While the battery is being charged, the Climate Ctrl. Timer cannot be operated until the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reached the full mark. When the battery is not being charged, the Climate Ctrl. Timer can be operated, even if the Li-ion battery available charge gauge has not reached the full mark. • When the climate control is set on first priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer works regardless of the remaining battery energy. • If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts its operation while the vehicle is being charged, the charging time will be prolonged. • Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control in an environment with low temperature may decrease the rate of battery charge. • The Climate Ctrl. Timer settings cannot be modified while it is operating. If timer settings are modified while the Climate Ctrl. Timer is operating, these changes will be reflected the next time the Climate Ctrl. Timer operates. • When charging is set as the first priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer does not start until 10 seg- ments of the LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE CHARGE GAUGE are illuminated. • When the climate control is set as the first priority, the climate control system will be turned on as scheduled by the Climate Ctrl. Timer regardless of the remaining battery energy. • Even when the climate control is set as the first priority, the climate control system will be turned off when the climate control spends more electric than the charging Li-ion battery. • The Li-ion battery may not charge or may even become discharged if the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control is used in low ambient temperatures. Remote climate control This vehicle incorporates a communication device that is called a TCU (Telematics Communication Unit). The communication connection between this unit and NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center allows for various remote function services. Even when away from the vehicle, climate control can be started by accessing the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center website using a cellular phone or a personal computer. When operation is started, or at the set start time, the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center accesses the vehicle. When the vehicle receives a command for remote operation, the climate control immediately turns ON and operates for the specified period of time. Confirmation of the ON/OFF of the climate control operation can be checked by accessing the website or by e-mail. Establishing the CARWINGS™ service is necessary before using the service. See LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual. WARNING • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. For more information, contact your electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible effect on pacemakers before using the remote climate control. • Even if the remote climate control is set, the temperature in the passenger room may become high if the system automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23 quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. NOTE: • To check the Li-ion battery charging status using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. – The vehicle must be located in a cellular phone coverage area. – The cellular phone must be located in an area with cellular phone coverage. – The computer must be connected to the internet. • Some cellular phones are not compatible with this system and cannot be used to check the Li-ion battery charging status. Confirm this beforehand. Operating tips: • When the charge connector is connected, the climate control operates using electric power. When the charge connector is disconnected from the vehicle, the climate control operates using vehicle battery electric power. • The climate control can be operated for a maximum of 2 hours when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, or a maximum of 15 minutes when the charge connector is disconnected. • The remote climate control will only start to operate when the power switch is in the OFF position. Be sure to check that the power switch is in the OFF position. • Remote climate control operation is not available when the vehicle is in an area of cellular communication range. • Communication becomes unavailable when the vehicle is not used for two weeks or more. When the power switch is placed in the ON position, communication with the NISSAN CARWINGS Data Center can be restored. • Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. Therefore, the temperature may not reach a comfortable level due to performance of the air conditioning being limited, if the outside temperature is excessively high or low, or if the charge connector is connected to a 120V outlet. • If the power switch is in the ON position or the charge connector is disconnected, while the remote climate control is being operated, remote climate control operation is automatically stopped and an e-mail is sent. 4-24 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems • If remote climate control operation is started while the vehicle is in normal charge mode, the climate control operates in climate control priority mode and charging is continued. • If remote climate control operation is started and charging is stopped while the vehicle is in quick charge mode, climate control operation is also stopped. • If the quick charge connector is connected and charging is not performed, remote climate control operation starts using the battery electric power of the vehicle. Temperature settings 3. Set the temperature and the touch “OK”. This procedure sets the temperature of Climate Ctrl. timer and remote climate control. Note: 1. Push the Zero Emission menu button. Touch “SETTING”. 2. Touch “Timer/Remote – Set Climate Temp”. • Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected. Therefore, the temperature may not reach the set temperature due to limitations in air conditioning performance, if ambient temperature is excessively high or low, or if the charge connector is connected to a 120 V plug outlet. • The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the climate control function so that a comfortable temperature is provided in the passenger compartment at the scheduled time of departure. The climate control is set to stop at the scheduled time of departure. • The temperature in the passenger compartment may not be comfortable if entering the vehicle too soon before or too long after the scheduled time of departure. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25 AUDIO SYSTEM (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM) RADIO Push the power switch to the ACC or ON position and press the radio band select button to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio while the READY to drive indicator light is off, the power switch should be pushed to the ACC position. Radio reception is affected by station signal strength, distance from radio transmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains and other external influences. Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences. Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality. Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception. These circuits are designed to extend reception range, and to enhance the quality of that reception. However, there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even when the finest equipment is used. These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system. Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception. Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception. Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise. 4-26 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems FM RADIO RECEPTION Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30 mi (40 – 48 km), with monaural (single channel) FM having slightly more range than stereo FM. External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a lineof-sight path, exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light. For example, they will reflect off objects. Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade and/or drift. Static and flutter: During signal interference from buildings, large hills or due to antenna position (usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter), static or flutter can be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response. Multipath reception: Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time. The signals may cancel each other, resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound. AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals, because of their low frequency, can bend around objects and skip along the ground. In addition, the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of these characteristics, AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver. Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings. It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist. If possible, do not put cargo over the satellite antenna. A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance. Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception. Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights. SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced, the satellite radio may not work properly. This is not a malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data. No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active. Satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27 CAUTION AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc (CD) player • Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD player. • Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and/or CD player. • Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time. • Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging. • During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to the humidity. If this occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely. • The player may skip while driving on rough roads. • The CD player sometimes cannot function when the compartment temperature is extremely high or low. Decrease/increase the temperature before use. • Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. 4-28 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems • CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty, scratched or covered with fingerprints may not work properly. • The following CDs may not work properly. – Copy control compact discs (CCCD) – Recordable compact discs (CD-R) – Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) • Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction: – 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter – CDs that are not round – CDs with a paper label – CDs that are warped, scratched, or have abnormal edges • This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs. It has no capability to record or burn CDs. • If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed. CHECK DISC: • Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.). • Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches. PRESS EJECT: This is an error due to excessive temperature inside the player. Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button. After a short time, reinsert the CD. The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal. UNPLAYABLE: The file is unplayable in this audio system (only MP3 orWMA(if so equipped) CD). Compressed audio files (MP3/WMA) Terms: • MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the most well-known compressed digital audio file format. This format allows for near “CD quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD-ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10:1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn’t hear. • WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality. • Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file. • Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital (A/D conversion) per second. • Multisession — Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media. Writing data once to the media is called a single session, and writing more than once is called a multisession. • ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title, artist, encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag information is displayed on the Artist/song title line on the display. * Windows® and Windows Media® are registered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Microsoft Corporation of the USA. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29 Playback order: Musical playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated. • The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display. • If there is a file in the top level of the disc, “Root Folder” is displayed. • The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order. Playback order chart 4-30 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Specification chart: Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB 2.0 Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported. USB memory: FAT16, FAT32 Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW MP3 Supported versions*1 WMA*2 Version MPEG1, Audio Layer 3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4 Tag information (Song title and artist name) ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only); WMA tag (WMA only) Folder levels CD, CD-R, CD-RW: Folder levels: 8, folders and files: 999 (Max. 244 files for one folder) USB: Folder levels: 8, folders: 255, files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder), memory size: 4GB Displayable character codes*3 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05:UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS *1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played. *3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed. *2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played. *4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31 Troubleshooting guide: Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player. If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature. Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played. Files with extensions other than “.MP3”,“.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications. Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc. Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright. Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. Bit rate may be too low. It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing. If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc or USB device, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing. Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed. Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data. Moves immediately to the next When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3”or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, song when playing there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song. Songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order. desired order Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on the USB device. 4-32 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems USB (Universal Serial Bus) memory WARNING Do not connect or disconnect the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury. CAUTION • Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the USB device and the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port. • Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover. • Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may break the wire, USB device or the port. • To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device, note the following precautions. – Do not bend the cable excessively (1.6 in [40 mm]) radius minimum. – Do not twist the cable excessively (more than 180 degrees). – Do not pull or drop the cable. – Do not hit or press the USB port or USB device with hands, feet, or objects. – Do not store objects with sharp edges in the storage area where the cable is stored. – Do not leave the USB device and attached devices in the vehicle compartment. When not in use for extended periods of time, store the cable and USB device in a clean, dust free environment at room temperature and without direct sun exposure. – Do not use the cable for any other purposes than its intended use in the vehicle. The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary. This system cannot be used to format USB devices. To format a USB device, use a personal computer. In some states/area, the USB device for the front seats plays only sound with- out images for regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is parked. This system supports various USB memory devices, USB hard drives and iPod® players. Some USB devices may not be supported by this system. Partitioned USB devices may not play correctly. Some characters used in other languages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may not appear properly in the display. Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended. General notes for USB use: • The USB device may not function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Lower the temperature before use. • During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to humidity. If this occurs, remove the USB device and dehumidify or ventilate the USB player completely. • Do not connect a USB device if a connector, cable or USB port is wet. Allow the connector, cable, and USB port to dry completely before connecting the USB device. (Wait for 24 hours or more until it is dry.) If the connector and USB port are exposed to fluids other than water, evaporative residue may cause a short circuit Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33 between the connector pins and USB port. In this case, replace the cable and USB port. Otherwise damage to the USB device and a loss of function may occur. • If the cable is damaged (insulation cut, connectors cracked, contamination such as liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do not use the cable. Replace the cable with a new one. • Do not put a USB device in a location where static electricity occurs, electrical noise is generated or hot air from the air conditioner blows directly on it. Doing so may cause the data stored on the USB device to be corrupted. Notes for iPod® use: iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. • Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off (flickering). Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly. • An iPod® nano (1st Generation) may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation. In this case, please manually reset the iPod. • An iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will continue to fast-forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation. • An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod® nano (2nd Generation). • Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod®. • Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod®. The vehicle center display may momentarily black out, but will soon recover. • If an iPod® automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle center display may momentarily black out, but will soon recover. Bluetooth® streaming audio (if so equipped) • Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be recognized by the in-vehicle audio system. • It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Bluetooth® audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module before using the Bluetooth® audio. • Operating procedure of the Bluetooth® audio will vary depending on the devices. Make sure 4-34 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems how to operate your audio device before using it with this system. • The Bluetooth® audio may be stopped under the following conditions: – Receiving a call on the Hands-Free Phone System. – Checking the connection to the hands-free phone. • Do not place the Bluetooth® audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption. • While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual. • This system supports the Bluetooth® Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP). BLUETOOTH® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon. 9. Radio CAT (category)/FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK 10. BACK button 11. CD·AUX button 12. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob 13. RPT (repeat) play button 14. RDM (random) play button 15. Radio station preset select buttons 16. AUX IN jack 17. TUNE·SCROLL control knob 18. ENTER/SETTING button FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM) 1. FM·AM band select button 2. CD EJECT button 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. XM band select button DISP (display) screen Color display iPod MENU button Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for SEEK/TRACK 8. Radio SCAN tuning button For all operation precautions, see “Audio operation precautions” in this section. • No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless the optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed, and there is an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. • The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. • It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35 available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio. Place the power switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list. Audio main operation Head unit: The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback. PWR/Volume control: Place the power switch in the ACC or ON position, and then push the PWR button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source, which was playing immediately before the system was turned off. While the system is on, pushing the PWR button turns the system off. Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. ENTER/SETTING button: The settings screen will appear when pushing the ENTER/SETTING button. The following items are available in the settings screen. • Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system. Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers. Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers. Select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance” or “Fade” using the TUNE·SCROLL control knob and then push the ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL control knob to adjust the Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade of the screen to the preferred level. • Speed Sens Vol. To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (Speed Sens Vol.) level from off to 5, turn the TUNE·SCROLL control knob. • AUX Vol. Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system. To change the AUX Vol. level from +1 to +3, turn the TUNE·SCROLL control knob. • Brightness and Contrast Adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen. Select the “Brightness” or “Contrast” using the TUNE·SCROLL control knob and then push the ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TUNE·SCROLL control knob to adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen to the preferred level. 4-36 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems • Clock Adjust Adjust the clock according to the following procedure: 1 and 1) Push the ENTER/SETTING button 䊊 turn the TURN/SCROLL knob until “Setting Clock” and “Clock Adjust” appear on the display. 1 to 2) Push the ENTER/SETTING button 䊊 select “Clock Adjust.” 2 3) Turn the TUNE·SCROLL control knob 䊊 to adjust the hour. 1 . 4) Push the ENTER/SETTING button 䊊 2 5) Turn the TUNE·SCROLL control knob 䊊 to adjust the minute. 1 . 6) Push the ENTER/SETTING button 䊊 • On-Screen Clock When this item is turned on, a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen. Select the “On-Screen Clock” using the TUNE·SCROLL control knob and then push the ENTER/SETTING button. You can toggle between ON and OFF using the TUNE·SCROLL control knob. • RDS Display When this has been set to ON, RDS (radio data system) information will be shown on the display. Select RDS display and then push the ENTER/SETTING button. You can toggle between ON and OFF using the TUNE·SCROLL control knob. • iPod® Menu language The iPod® menu language can be set to English, French or Spanish. Select iPod® menu language and then push the ENTER/SETTING button. Use the TUNE·SCROLL control knob to select the preferred language. DISP button: Display of the screen can be canceled by pushing the DISP button. You can then listen to music that is being played back. If you want to display the screen again, either push the DISP button once more or push the FM·AM, SiriusXM Satellite Radio or CD·AUX button. CD·AUX button: Pushing the CD·AUX button will switch the displays as follows: CD→iPod®/USB→AUX→CD BACK button: When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to the previous display. FM-AM-SAT radio operation FM/AM band select: Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows: AM→FM1→FM2→AM SiriusXM (SAT) band select: When the XM band select button is pushed while the power switch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio will come on at the channel last played. The last channel played will also come on when the PWR button is pushed to ON. The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. If another audio source is playing when the radio select band button is turned to ON, the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on. When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception. TUNE (Tuning): • For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE/SCROLL control knob for manual tuning. • For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE/SCROLL control knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected. Pushing the XM band select button will change the band as follows: XM1→XM2→XM3→XM1 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37 SEEK tuning/CAT (category): • For AM and FM radio or to tune Push the SEEK button from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station. • For SiriusXM Satellite Radio or to tune Push the SEEK button to the first channel of the next or previous category. SCAN tuning: Push the radio SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station/channel for 5 seconds. “SCAN” is shown on the display. Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station/channel. If the radio SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station/channel. 1 to 䊊 6 Station memory operations: 䊊 Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FM band (6 each for FM1 and FM2). Eighteen channels can be set for the SiriusXM Satellite radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) (if so equipped) and six stations can be set for the AM band. If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play. 1. Choose the radio band using the radio band select button. 2. Tune to the desired station/channel using the SEEK·CAT, SCAN button or the TUNE·SCROLL control knob 3. Push and hold the desired station preset but1 to 䊊 6 . ton 䊊 4. The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume. Memorizing is now complete. 5. Other buttons can be set in the same manner. If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing, pushing the PWR button will start the CD. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that case, reset the desired stations/channels. Compact disc (CD) player operation Place the power switch in the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing. After loading the CD, the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display. 4-38 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs. CD·AUX button: When the CD·AUX button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will start to play. With the CD·AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing, the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play. Next/Previous Track and Fast Forward/Rewind: When the FF or REW button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the CD will return to normal play speed. When the FF or REW button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played. REPEAT: When the RPT play button is pushed while the CD is played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: (CD) Normal↔1 Track Repeat (CD with compressed audio files) Normal→1 Folder Repeat→1 Track Repeat→Normal RANDOM: When the RDM play button is pushed while a CD is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: (CD) Normal↔1 Disc Random (CD with compressed audio files) Normal→1 Disc Random→1 Folder Random→Normal CD EJECT: If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it. AUX IN jack: The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit. The AUX IN audio jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop computer. CD·AUX button: When the CD•AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack, the audio system does not change to the AUX mode. NISSAN strongly reommends using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system. Music may not play properly when a monaural cable is used. USB MEMORY OPERATION Audio main operation: The USB outlet connector is located in the center console. Open the lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated. Then, switch to the USB memory mode automatically. If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing, pushing the PWR button will start the USB memory. When the CD EJECT button is pushed with a compact disc loaded, the CD will be ejected. When this button is pushed while the CD is being played, the CD will be ejected. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39 CAUTION • Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the USB device and the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port. (Some USB devices come with a mark as a guide. Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction before inserting the device.) • Do not locate objects near the USB device to prevent the objects from leaning on the USB device and the port. Pressure from the objects may damage the USB device and the port. CD·AUX button: When the CD·AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted, the system will turn on. Next/Previous File and Fast Forward/Rewind: leased, the USB memory will return to normal play speed. When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the USB memory is being played, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played. The multi-function controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played. Folder selection: To change to another folder in the USB memory, turn the folder selector. REPEAT (RPT): When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: To change the play mode, push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows: Normal→1 Folder Repeat→1 Track Repeat→Normal When the or button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is being played, the USB memory will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is re- 4-40 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems RANDOM (RDM): When the RDM button is pushed while a USB memory device is being playing, the play pattern can be changed as follows: To change the play mode, push the RDM button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows: Normal→All Random→1 Folder Random→Normal BACK button: When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to the previous display. * iPod® and the iPhone® are a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. CAUTION IPOD® PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod®: The USB outlet connector is located in the center console. Open the lid and connect the iPod® cable to the USB connector. The battery of the iPod® is charged while the connection to the vehicle. Depending on the version of the iPod®, the display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when the connection is completed. When the iPod® is connected to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls. • Depending on size and shape of the iPod® and iPod® cable, the console lid may not fully close. Do not force console lid closed as this may damage the iPod® and iPod® cable. • Do not force the iPod® cable into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the iPod® cable and the port. Make sure that the iPod® cable is connected correctly into the USB port. (Some iPod® cables come with a mark as a guide. Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction before inserting the iPod® cable.) • Do not locate objects near the iPod® cable to prevent the objects from leaning on the iPod® cable and the port. Pressure from the objects may damage the iPod® cable and the port. • Fourth generation iPhone® (Firmware version IOS4/4.0) • Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version 1.3) • First generation iPod Classic® (Firmware version 1.1.1 or 1.1.2PC) • Second generation iPod Classic® (Firmware version 2.0.1) • First generation iPod touch® (Firmware version 1.1.5 or 2.2.1) • Second and third generation iPod touch® (Firmware version 2.2.1 or IOS4/4.0.0) • First generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.1.3) • Second generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.1.3) • Third generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.1.2PC or 1.1.3PC) • Fourth generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.0.2 or 1.0.4) • Fifth generation iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.0.1 or 1.0.2) The iPod touch® may not respond quickly with the system in some cases. Compatibility The following models are available: • Third generation iPhone® (Firmware version IOS4/4.0) Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-41 Audio main operation Place the power switch in the ACC or ON position. Then, push the CD·AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode. If the system has been turned off while the iPod® was playing, pushing the PWR button will start the iPod®. iPod® MENU button: Place the power switch in the ACC or ON position. Then, push the iPod® button to switch to the iPod® mode. If another audio source is playing and the iPod® is connected, pushing the iPod® button changes to the iPod® mode. If the system has been turned off while the iPod® was playing, pushing the PWR button will start the iPod®. When the iPod® MENU button is pushed while the iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod® operation is shown on the audio display. The items on the menu list can be scrolled by turning the TUNE/SCROLL dial while the iPod® is operational. To select an item, push ENTER. Items in the iPod® menu appear on the display in the following order: • Now Playing • Playlists • Artists • Albums • Songs • Podcasts • Genres • Composers • Audiobooks • Shuffle Songs When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod® will be played. For more information about each item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual. Shuffle Off→Track Shuffle→Album Shuffle→Shuffle Off Next/Previous Track and Fast Forward/Rewind BACK button: When the or button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the iPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released , the iPod® will return to the normal play speed. 4-42 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems REPEAT (RPT): When the RPT play button is pushed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: Repeat Off→1 Track Repeat→All Repeat→Repeat Off RANDOM (RDM): When the RDM play button is pushed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows: When the BACK button is pushed, it returns to the previous display. SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence: AM→FM1→FM2→XM1→XM2→XM3→CD*→ USB/iPod®*→AUX*→AM. * These modes are only available when compatible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system. Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume. CD CARE AND CLEANING • Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the disc. Never touch the surface of the disc. • Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used. • To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion. • Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use. • A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated. STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL (IF SO EQUIPPED) The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel. 1. SOURCE button/tuning switch 2. Volume control button POWER on switch With the power switch in the ACC or ON position, push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio system on. Tuning switch While the display is showing a map or audio screen, tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station, track, CD or folder. For most audio sources, tilting the switch up/ down for more than 1.5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds. AM and FM: • Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station. • Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-43 XM: • Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station. • Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to go to the next or previous category. • Press the ENTER button to show the XM Menu. iPod®: • Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number. • Press the iPod MENU button to show the iPod Menu. USB: • Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number. • Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number. • Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu. CD: • Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number. • Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number (if playing compressed audio files). • Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu. ANTENNA Removing antenna You can remove the antenna if necessary. Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise. CAUTION • To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna, be sure to remove the antenna under the following conditions. – The vehicle enters an automatic car wash. – The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling. 4-44 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM – The vehicle is covered with a car cover. • Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation. Otherwise, the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation. CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following precautions; otherwise, the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts. WARNING • A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving. • If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands free cellular phone operational mode is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. • If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle. CAUTION • Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules. • Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness. • Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer. • Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body. • For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. WARNING • Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location. If you have to use a phone while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. • If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle. CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after the READY to drive indicator light is on. Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module. With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you can make or receive a hands-free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-45 You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth® cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time. Once your cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phone module, no other phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is automatically connected with the in-vehicle phone module when the power switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle. NOTE: Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth® devices. If your phone does not connect automatically to the system, consult the phone’s Owner’s Manual for details on device operation. 4-46 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, refer to the following notes. • Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using the hands-free phone system. • Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting instructions. • You will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the following conditions: – Your vehicle is outside of the cellular service area. – Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal; such as in a tunnel, in an underground parking garage, near a tall building or in a mountainous area. – Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed. • When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to hear the other person’s voice during a call. • Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the invehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption. • While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System cannot charge cellular phones. • If the hands-free phone system seems to be malfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide” in this section. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for troubleshooting help. • Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise. • Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual regarding the telephone charges, cellular phone antenna and body, etc. REGULATORY INFORMATION USING THE SYSTEM FCC Regulatory information The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Phone System. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause interference and 2. this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. IC Regulatory information • Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. • This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. BLUETOOTH® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon. If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Initialization When the power switch is placed in the ON position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized, which takes a few seconds. If the button is pressed before the initialization completes, the system will announce “Hands-free phone system not ready” and will not react to voice commands. Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system, observe the following: • Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible. Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly. • Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command. Otherwise, the command will not be received properly. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-47 • Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds. • Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words. Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, press and release the button located on the steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a command. The command given is picked up by the microphone, and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted. • If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again, say “Help” and the system will repeat them. • If a command is not recognized, the system announces, “Command not recognized. Please try again.”Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice. • If you want to go back to the previous command, you can say “Go back” or “Correction” any time the system is waiting for a response. • You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying, “Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces “Cancel” and ends the VR session. You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session. Whenever the VR session is cancelled, a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system. • If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback, press the volume control switches (+ or -) on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback. You can also use the radio volume control knob. • In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel. • To use the system faster, you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu. For example, press the button and after the tone say, “Call Redial.” How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands. Refer to the following rules and examples. • Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”. Example: 1-800-662-6200 4-48 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems – “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh”, or – “One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh” • Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only. Example: 1-800-662-6200 – “One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh”, – NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred,” and – NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred” • Numbers can be spoken in small groups. The system will prompt you to continue entering digits, if desired. Example: 1-800-662-6200 “One eight zero zero” The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more. “six six two” The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more. “six two zero zero” • Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*” (available when using the “Special Number” command and the “Send” command during a call). See “List of voice commands” and “Special number” in this section for more information. Phone/end While the Voice Recognition system is active, press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the Voice Recognition system at any time. Tuning switch Example: 1-555-1212 *123 – “One five five five one two one two star one two three” • Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using the “Special Number” command). • Say “pause” for a 2-second pause (available only when storing a phone book number). While using the Voice Recognition system, tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system. GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For additional command options, refer to “List of voice commands” in this section. For best results, say phone numbers as single digits. 1. Phone/send button 2. Phone/end button 3. Tuning switch The voice command “Help” is available at any time. Please use the “Help” command to get information on how to use the system. Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call. NOTE: CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System are located on the steering wheel. Phone/send Choosing a language You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once. See “List of voice commands” and “During a call” in this section for more information. You can interact with the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System using English, Spanish or French. To change the language, perform the following. 1. Press and hold the button for more than 5 seconds. 2. The system announces: “Press the PHONE/ SEND ( ) button for the hands-free phone system to enter the voice adaptation Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-49 mode or press the PHONE/END ( button to select a different language.” button. 3. Press the ) For information on voice adaptation, see “Voice Adaptation (VA) mode” in this section. 4. The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the language to Spanish (in Spanish) or French (in French). To select the current language, press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button. To select a different language, tilt the tuning switch ( or ) up or down. NOTE: You must press the button within 5 seconds to change the language. 5. If you decide not to change the language, do not press either button. After 5 seconds, the VR session will end, and the language will not be changed. Connecting procedure NOTE: The connecting procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary. If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure, the procedure will be cancelled. Main Menu A “Add phone” 䊊 B Initiate from handset 䊊 C Name phone 䊊 1. Press the button on the steering wheel. The system announces the available commands. A . The system acknowl2. Say: “Add phone” 䊊 edges the command and asks you to initiate B. connecting from the phone handset 䊊 The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model. See the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details. You can also visit www.NissanUSA.com/bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones. When prompted for a Passkey code, enter “1234” from the handset. The Passkey code “1234” has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed. 3. The system asks you to say a name for the C. phone 䊊 If the name is too long or too short, the system tells you, then prompts you for a name again. 4-50 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Also, if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used, the system tells you, then prompts you for a name again. Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu A “Call” 䊊 B “Phone number” 䊊 C Speak the digits 䊊 D Dial 䊊 1. Press the button on the steering wheel. A tone will sound. A . The system acknowledges the 2. Say: “Call” 䊊 command and announces the next set of available commands. B . The system ac3. Say “Phone Number” 䊊 knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands. 4. Say the number you wish to call starting with C . If the the area code in single digit format 䊊 system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number, try entering the number in the following groups: 3-digit area code, 3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example, 555121-3354 can be said as “five five five” as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the 2nd group, and “three three five four” as the 3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters, say “Special Number”. See “How to say numbers” in this section for more information. 5. When you have finished speaking the phone number, the system repeats it back and announces the available commands. D . The system acknowledges the 6. Say: “Dial” 䊊 command and makes the call. For additional command options, see “List of voice commands” later in this section. cancelled, a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system. LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS If you want to go back to the previous command, you can say “Go back” or “Correction” any time the system is waiting for a response. Main Menu “Call” “Phonebook” “Recent calls” “Connect phone” “Help” Call Receiving a call When you press and release the button on the steering wheel, you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu. The following pages describe these commands and the commands in each sub-menu. When you hear the ring tone, press the button on the steering wheel. Remember to wait for the tone before speaking. For additional command options, see “List of voice commands” in this section. button After the main menu, you can say “Help” to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response. If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone, press the button on the steering wheel. If you want to end an action without completing it, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at any time the system is waiting for a response. The system will end the VR session. Whenever the VR session is Once the call has ended, press the on the steering wheel. NOTE: Main Menu “Call” A (Speak name) 䊊 “Phone number” B (Speak digits) 䊊 C “Special Number” 䊊 D “Redial ” 䊊 E “Call Back ” 䊊 A (Speak name) 䊊 If you have stored entries in the phonebook, you can dial a number associated with a name and location. See “Phonebook” in this section to learn how to store entries. When prompted by the system, say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call. The system acknowledges the name. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-51 E “Call Back” 䊊 If there are multiple locations associated with the name, the system asks you to choose the location. Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle. Once you have confirmed the name and location, the system begins the call. The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing. B (Speak Digits) 䊊 When prompted by the system, say the number you wish to call. Refer to “How to say numbers” and “Making a call by entering a phone number” in this section for more details. C “Special Number” 䊊 For dialing up to 24 digits or any special characters, say “Special Number”. When the system acknowledges the command, the system will prompt you to speak the number. D “Redial” 䊊 Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed. The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing. If a redial number does not exist, the system announces, “There is no number to redial” and ends the VR session. If a call back number does not exist, the system announces, “There is no number to call back” and ends the VR session. During a call During a call there are several command options available. Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands. • “Help” — The system announces the available commands. • “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces “Cancel,” ends the VR session and returns to the call. • “Send” — Use the Send command to enter numbers, “*” or “#” during a call. For example, if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system: Say: “Send one two three four.” The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers. 4-52 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call. Say “star” for “*”, Say “pound” for “#”. • “Transfer call”— Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired. The system announces, “Transfer call. Call transferred to privacy mode.” The system then ends the VR session. To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free System, press the button. • “Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it. Use the mute command again to unmute your voice. NOTE: If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on, the Mute feature will be reset to “off” for the next call so the other party can hear your voice. “Phonebook” (phones without automatic phonebook download function) NOTE: The “Transfer Entry” command is not available when the vehicle is moving. Main Menu “Phonebook” Main Menu A “Transfer Entry” 䊊 B “Delete Entry” 䊊 C “List Names” 䊊 For phones that do not support automatic download of the phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth® profile), the “Phonebook”command is used to manually add entries to the vehicle phonebook. The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system. NOTE: Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected with Phone B. A “Transfer Entry” 䊊 Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system. When prompted by the system, say the name you would like to give the new entry. For example, say: “Mary.” If the name is too long or too short, the system tells you, then prompts you for a name again. Also, if the name sounds too much like a name already stored, the system tells you, then prompts you for a name again. The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone’s memory. Enter a phone number by voice command: For example, say: “five five five one two one two.” See “How to say numbers” in this section for more information. The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones. The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command. When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry, choose “Store.” The system confirms the name, location and number. B “Delete Entry” 䊊 Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook. After the system recognizes the command, speak the name to delete or say “List Names” to choose an entry. C “List Names” 䊊 To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone’s memory: Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook. Say “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset. The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth® communication link. The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers. When the playback of the list is complete, the system goes back to the main menu. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-53 You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel. The system ends the VR session. “Phonebook” (phones with automatic phonebook download function) NOTE: The “Transfer Entry” command is not available when the vehicle is moving. Main Menu “Phonebook” Main Menu Speak a Name A “List Names” 䊊 B “Record Name” 䊊 For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth® profile), the “Phonebook” command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook. You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry. The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system. When a phone is connected to the system, the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle. This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth® system and call contacts by name. You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing. For more information see “Record name” in this section. NOTE: Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected with Phone B. A “List Names” 䊊 Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book. The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers. When the playback of the list is complete, the system goes back to the main menu. You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel. The system ends the VR session. See the “Record name” command in this section for information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing. 4-54 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems B “Record Name” 䊊 The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing. This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers. Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system. “Recent calls” Main Menu “Recent Calls” A “Incoming” 䊊 B “Missed” 䊊 C “Outgoing” 䊊 D “Redial” 䊊 E “Call Back” 䊊 Use the Recent Calls command to access outgoing, incoming or missed calls. A “Incoming” 䊊 Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle. B “Missed” 䊊 Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered. C “Outgoing” 䊊 A “Add Phone” 䊊 Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle. Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” in this section for more information. D “Redial” 䊊 Use the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle. “Call Back” 䊊 E Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle. “Connect phone” NOTE: The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving. Main Menu “Connect Phone” A “Add Phone” 䊊 B “Replace Phone” 䊊 C “Select Phone” 䊊 D “Delete Phone” 䊊 E “Bluetooth OFF” 䊊 Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth® function on the vehicle. VOICE ADAPTATION (VA) MODE B “Replace Phone” 䊊 Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone. The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook. Voice Adaptation allows up to two out-of-dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy. By repeating a number of commands, the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system. The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone. Training procedure “Select Phone” 䊊 The procedure for training a voice is as follows: Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle. The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select. Only one phone can be active at a time. 1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location. 2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the parking brake on and the transmission in P (Park). button for more than 3. Press and hold the 5 seconds. 4. The system announces: “Press the PHONE/ SEND ( ) button for the hands-free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE/END ( ) button to select a different language.” button. 5. Press the C D “Delete Phone” 䊊 Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle. The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone. E “Bluetooth OFF” 䊊 Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone. For information on selecting a different language, see “Choosing a language” in this section. Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-55 6. Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically. If both memory locations are already in use, the system will prompt you to overwrite one. Follow the instructions provided by the system. 7. When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin, press the button. 8. The VA mode will be explained. Follow the instructions provided by the system. 9. When training is finished, the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded. 10. The system will announce that voice adaptation has been completed and the system is ready. The VA mode will stop if: button is pressed for more than 5 • The seconds in VA mode. • The vehicle begins moving during VA mode. • The power switch is placed in the OFF position. Training phrases During the VA mode, the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases. (The system will prompt you for each phrase.) • phonebook transfer entry • dial three oh four two nine • delete call back number • incoming • transfer entry • eight pause nine three two pause seven • delete all entries • call seven two four zero nine • phonebook delete entry • next entry • dial star two one seven oh • yes • no • select • missed • dial eight five six nine two • Bluetooth on • outgoing • call three one nine oh two • nine seven pause pause three oh eight • cancel • call back number • call star two zero nine five • delete phone • dial eight three zero five one 4-56 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems • record name • four three pause two nine pause zero • delete redial number • phonebook list names • call eight oh five four one • correction • connect phone • dial seven four oh one eight • previous entry • delete • dial nine seven two six six • dial seven six three oh one • go back • call five six two eight zero • call six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system, it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands. This can be especially helpful if the noise of driving makes it difficult for the Voice Recognition system to accurately interpret commands. The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits. The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists. To re-activate Voice Recognition, exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE/END ( ) button. At that time, pressing the PHONE/SEND ( ) button will start the Hands Free Phone System. Operating tips • To enter manual control mode, start the Voice Recognition system and tilt the tuning ( ) switch up or down. The system will speak “Showing Manual Options” when manual controls are initially activated. • To browse the menu options, tilt the tuning ( ) switch up or down. The system will always speak the current menu option. Depending on the audio display, it will also show the current menu option. • To select the current menu option, press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button. • To go back to the previous menu, press the ) button. If the current PHONE/END ( menu is the Main Menu, pressing the PHONE/ END ( ) button will exit the Phone system. • To exit the manual control mode, press and hold ) button for 5 seconds. the PHONE/END ( Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-57 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions. Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved. Symptom Solution 1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” in this section. 2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone. 3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle. System fails to interpret the command 4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to use the phone, it correctly. is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized. 5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately. 6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker. See “Voice Adaptation (VA) mode” in this section. 1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the “List Names” The system consistently selects the command. See “Phonebook” in this section. wrong entry from the phone book. 2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name. 4-58 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . Push-button power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . Operating range for EV (Electric Vehicle) start function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge. . Before starting the EV (Electric Vehicle) system . Starting the EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 .5-2 .5-5 .5-5 .5-6 .5-6 .5-7 .5-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 . .5-8 . .5-8 . .5-9 . .5-9 .5-10 .5-10 .5-11 .5-11 .5-14 .5-15 Precautions on cruise control . . . . Cruise control operation . . . . . . . Increasing power economy . . . . . . . Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . Draining of coolant water. . . . . . . Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special winter equipment . . . . . . Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . Freeing a frozen charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 .5-15 .5-17 .5-18 .5-19 .5-19 .5-19 .5-21 .5-22 .5-24 .5-24 .5-25 .5-25 .5-25 .5-25 .5-25 .5-26 .5-26 .5-26 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING • Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. • Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Each tire, should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire infla- 5-2 Starting and driving tion pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces power efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. Additional information • The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, a flat tire while driving). • The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. • The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction. • Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by operation of the vehicle and the outside temperature. A low outside temperature can decrease the temperature of the air inside the tire, which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature, check the tire pressure for all four tires. For additional information, see ⬙Low tire pressure warning light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section and ⬙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)⬙ in the ⬙In case of emergency⬙ section. WARNING • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. • If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the tire is flat, repair it as soon as possible. (See ⴖFlat tireⴖ in the ⴖIn • • • • case of emergency⬙ section for changing a flat tire.) When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting. Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire . NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. Starting and driving 5-3 CAUTION • The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow. • Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly. Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Some examples are: • Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies that are near the vehicle. • If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle. • If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle. 5-4 Starting and driving FCC Notice: TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert For USA: When tire pressure is low, the low tire pressure warning light illuminates. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. This vehicle provides visual and audible signals to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. Vehicle set-up: 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place. 2. Apply the parking brake and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever. 3. Place the power switch in the ON position. Do not place in the READY to drive mode. Operation: 1. Add air to the tire. 2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing. 3. When the designated pressure is reached, the horn beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing. 4. Perform the above steps for each tire. • If the tire is over-inflated more than approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times. To correct the pressure, push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure. When the pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once. • If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating. • The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions: – If there is interference from an external device or transmitter. – The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire such as those using a power socket. – If an electrical equipment is being used in or near the vehicle. – There is a malfunction in the TPMS system. – There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard indicators. – If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forward and try again. If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tire pressure gauge. AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident. Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers, because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the ⬙Seat belts⬙ in the ⬙Safety — Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system⬙ section of this manual, and also instruct your passengers to do so. Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt. OFF-ROAD RECOVERY While driving, the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. 2. Do not apply the brakes. 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course. 4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced. 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road Starting and driving 5-5 surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane. • If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road. RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage. See ⬙Wheels and tires⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section of this manual. If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. 5-6 Starting and driving WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury. • The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire. • Do not rapidly apply the brakes. • Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal. • Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course. 3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible. 5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle. 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see ⬙Flat tire⬙ in the ⬙In case of emergency⬙ of this Owner’s Manual. DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury. NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol. Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! That is true for drugs too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Do not drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. PUSH-BUTTON POWER SWITCH WARNING Do not operate the power switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The EV system shuts down when the power switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the power switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the EV system stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury. Before operating the power switch, make sure the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM The Intelligent Key system allows the driver to start the EV (Electric Vehicle) system without taking the key out of the pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect Intelligent Key system operation. Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display in the lower display. See ⬙Dot matrix liquid crystal display⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section.) CAUTION • Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle. • Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. OPERATING RANGE FOR EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key function can only be used for starting the EV (Electric Vehicle) system when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operat1 . ing range 䊊 When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and it may not function properly. Starting and driving 5-7 A on the power switch illumiThe indicator light 䊊 nates when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the power switch to start the EV (Electric Vehicle) system. • The cargo area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function. • If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function. • If the Intelligent Key is placed near a door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may not function. The power lock is designed so that the power switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the vehicle is into the P (Park) position. When the power switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position, proceed as follows. *: Push while the brake pedal is depressed. POWER SWITCH OPERATION When the power switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the power switch position will change as follows. • Push once to change to ACC. • Push two times to change to ON. • Push three times to change to OFF. • Push four times to return to ACC. • Open or close any door to return to LOCK while in the OFF position. 5-8 Starting and driving 1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. 2. Push the power switch to the OFF position. A will The power switch position indicator 䊊 not illuminate. 3. Open the door. The power switch will change to the LOCK position. POWER SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK (Normal parking position) The power switch can only be locked in this position. The power switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while the driver is carrying the Intelligent Key. ACC (Accessories) This position activates electrical accessories, such as the radio, when EV system is OFF. ON This position turns on the EV (Electric Vehicle) system and electrical accessories. READY (Normal operating position) This position turns on the EV (Electric Vehicle) system, electrical accessories and the vehicle can be driven. OFF The EV (Electric Vehicle) system can be turned off. The power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position until the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the power switch in the ACC position for an extended period of time. This can discharge the 12-volt battery. NOTE: If the power switch is pushed quickly or is pushed twice quickly, the switch may not function even if a chime sound is heard. Push the switch again more slowly. EMERGENCY EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SHUT OFF To shut off the EV (Electric Vehicle) system in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure. • Rapidly push the power switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or • Push and hold the power switch for more than 2 seconds. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® BATTERY DISCHARGE If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, start the EV (Electric Vehicle) system in the READY to drive mode according to the following procedure: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever. 2. Firmly apply the foot brake. 3. Touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.) Starting and driving 5-9 4. Push the power switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The power switch position changes to READY to drive mode. After step 3 is performed, if the power switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the power switch position will change to ACC. NOTE: • When the power switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or READY to drive mode by the above procedure, the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To stop the warning indicator from blinking, touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key again. • If the Intelligent Key system battery discharge indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display, replace the battery as soon as possible. See ⴖIntelligent key battery replacementⴖ in the ⴖMaintenance and do-it-yourselfⴖ section. 5-10 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM STARTING THE EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM • Make sure that the area around the vehicle is clear. • Check fluid levels such as coolant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as frequently as possible. • Check that all windows and lights are clean. • Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation. • Check that all doors are closed. • Position the seat and adjust the head restraints. • Adjust the inside and outside mirrors. • Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise. • Check the operation of the warning lights when the power switch is pushed to the ON position. (See ⬙Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section.) 1. Confirm the parking brake is applied. 2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. The EV (Electric Vehicle) is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) positions. The Intelligent Key must be carried with you when operating the power switch. 3. Depress the brake pedal and push the power switch to place the EV (Electric Vehicle) system in the READY to drive position. To place the vehicle in the READY to drive position immediately, push and release the power switch while depressing the brake pedal with the power switch in any position. The READY to drive indicator light in the meter illuminates. 4. To stop the EV (Electric Vehicle) system, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever, and push the power switch to the OFF position. DRIVING VEHICLE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM This vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum available power and smooth operation. The recommended operating procedures for this vehicle are shown on the following pages. Starting vehicle 1. After placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position, fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The shift lever of this vehicle is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from the P (Park) position to any driving position while the power switch is in the ON position. 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, and move the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. 3. Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion. WARNING • Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive) position. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control, which could result in an accident. • Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) while vehicle is moving. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident. CAUTION • When stopping the vehicle on an uphill slope, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose. • Do not hang items on the shift lever. This may cause an accident due to a sudden start. • Do not shift to the ECO position abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control. The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position and into any of the other positions if the power switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed. Starting and driving 5-11 1 located near the shift lever or the dot 䊊 matrix liquid crystal display in the meter. • To place the vehicle into the D (Drive) position from the ECO position, move the shift lever into the D (Drive) position. After placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position, fully depress the brake pedal, and move the shift lever to any of the preferred shift positions. Shifting To move the shift lever, : Slide along the gate while the brake pedal is depressed. : After sliding, maintain it in the same position until the vehicle placed to N (Neutral) position. : When in the D (Drive) position, slide along the gate. NOTE: • Confirm that the vehicle is in the desired shift position by checking the shift indicator 5-12 Starting and driving If the power switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the shift position is in any position other than the P (Park) position, the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position. If the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position, perform the following steps. 1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped. 2. Place the power switch in the ON position while depressing the foot brake pedal. 3. Press the P position switch and place in the P (Park) position. 4. Place the power switch in the OFF position. NOTE: The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the power switch is in the OFF position. WARNING • The shift lever is always in the center position when released. When the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position, the driver needs to confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. The indicator next to the “P” by the shift lever is illuminated and the “P” is displayed on the meter. If the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position or R (Reverse) position when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position, this may cause a sudden start which could result in an accident. • On a hilly road, do not allow the vehicle to roll backwards while in the D (Drive) position or ECO position, or allow the vehicle to roll forward while in the R (Reverse) position. This may cause an accident. apply the parking brake first while keeping the foot brake pedal depressed then push the P (Park) position switch and place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. See ⬙Parking brake⬙. CAUTION • Do not slide the shift lever while pushing the P position switch. This may also damage the electric motor. • When switching to the preferred position by operating the shift lever, check that the shift lever returns to the central position by releasing your hand from the lever. Holding the shift lever in a mid-way position may also damage the shift control system. • Do not operate the shift lever while the accelerator pedal is depressed, except when switching to the ECO position. This may cause a sudden start which could result in an accident. • The following operations are not allowed because excessive force would be applied to the traction motor and this may result in damage to the vehicle: – Moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position when driving forward – Moving the shift lever to the D (Drive) or ECO position when reversing If these operations are attempted, a chime sounds and the vehicle shifts to the N (Neutral) position. NOTE: P (Park): Use this shift position when the vehicle is parked or when placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped. In order to switch to the P (Park) position, press the P (Park) position switch as shown in the illustration above once the vehicle has come to a complete stop. If the P (Park) position switch is pressed while the vehicle is in motion, a chime sounds and the current shift position is maintained. After switching to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, • While the vehicle is stationary, if the shift position is placed in any position other than the P (Park) position when the power switch is set to OFF, it will automatically switch to the P (Park) position. • If the P (Park) position switch is pressed while sliding the shift lever, the shift position will not switch to the P (Park) position. When pressing the P (Park) position switch be sure to first allow the shift lever to return to its center position. R (Reverse): Use this position to back up. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position while reversing, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position. Starting and driving 5-13 PARKING BRAKE N (Neutral): WARNING Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The vehicle can be placed in READY to drive position in this position. • Be sure the parking brake is released before driving. Failure to do so could cause brake failure and lead to an accident. • Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. • Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle. They could release the parking brake and cause an accident. • When leaving the vehicle, apply the parking brake and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever. Do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. The regenerative brake system does not operate in the N (Neutral) position. However, the vehicle brakes will still stop the car. D (Drive): Use this position for all normal forward driving. If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position while reversing, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position. B-mode: Engages the regenerative braking system more aggressively on downhill slopes, and helps reduce brake use. Activated by moving the shift lever left and down. The shift lever will then return to the center position. 5-14 Starting and driving ECO mode: Use ECO in order to help extend the driving range. In comparison to the D (Drive) position, ECO consumes less power for the traction motor and heater and air conditioner operations and enables the range of the vehicle to be extended. ECO can be selected from the D (Drive) or B-mode position. CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake. To release: 1. Firmly apply the foot brake. 2. Firmly depress the parking brake and it will release. 3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light goes out. • If the cruise control system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will then blink to warn the driver. • If the SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display blinks, turn the cruise control MAIN switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. • The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display may blink when the cruise control MAIN switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME/ ACCELERATE, SET/COAST or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, perform the following procedure. WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions: • when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed • in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed • on winding or hilly roads • on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.) • in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident. CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN (ON·OFF) switch The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will illuminate. Starting and driving 5-15 To set the cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to the preferred speed, push the SET/ COAST switch and release it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will maintain the set speed. • To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. • The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, drive without using the cruise control. To cancel the preset speed, use one of the following methods. 1. Push the CANCEL switch. 2. Tap the brake pedal. 3. Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will turn off. • If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed, the cruise control will disengage. Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again. • The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed. 5-16 Starting and driving • If you move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position, the cruise control will be canceled. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods. • Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, push and release the SET/COAST switch. • Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, release the switch. • Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods. • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, push the SET/ COAST switch and release it. • Push and hold the SET/COAST switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the preferred speed. • Push, then quickly release, the SET/COAST switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). To resume the preset speed, push and release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). INCREASING POWER ECONOMY Vehicle range depends on a number of factors. Actual vehicle range will vary depending upon: • speed, • vehicle load, • electrical load from vehicle accessories, • traffic and road conditions, NISSAN recommends the following driving habits to help maximize vehicle range: Before driving: • Follow recommended periodic maintenance. • Keep tires inflated to correct pressure. • Keep wheels in correct alignment. • Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin while the vehicle is charging. • Remove unnecessary cargo from the vehicle. While driving: • Drive in ECO mode – In the ECO position more regenerative brake is applied when the accelerator pedal is released in comparison to the D (Drive) position and more power is provided to the Li-ion battery. – The ECO position helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive ) position. – The ECO position reduces the power provided to the heater and air conditioner system. • Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator positions or by using cruise control when appropriate. • Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently press and release the accelerator pedal for acceleration and deceleration. • Drive at moderate speeds on the highway. • Avoid frequent stopping and braking. Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles. • Turn off the air conditioner/heater when it is not necessary. • Select a moderate temperature setting for heating or cooling to help reduce power consumption. • Use the air conditioner/heater and close windows to reduce drag when cruising at highway speed. • Release the accelerator pedal to slow down and do not apply the brakes when traffic and road conditions allow. – This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is “engine braking” that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions. In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator pedal is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and some power to the Li-ion battery. Starting and driving 5-17 PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS WARNING • Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire. • Never leave the vehicle in the READY to drive mode while the vehicle is unattended. • Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. • Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the vehicle placed in the park position. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. 2. Push the P position switch on the shift lever. 5-18 Starting and driving 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a slope, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. 1 • HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: 䊊 • Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. 2 • HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: 䊊 • Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. • HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO 3 CURB: 䊊 • Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves. 4. Place the power switch in the OFF position. POWER STEERING SYSTEM WARNING • If the READY to drive indicator light is OFF while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be harder to operate. • When the power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light ON, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate. The power steering system is designed to provide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with less effort. When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the power steering system and help protect it from getting damaged. While the power assistance is reduced, steering wheel operation will become harder. When the temperature of the power steering system goes down, the power assistance level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat. You may hear a noise when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunction. If the power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light is ON, it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. (See ⬙Power steering warning light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section.) The power assist for steering stops operating when both the power steering warning light and READY to drive indicator light are illuminated. You will still have control of the vehicle. However, greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds. BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKE PRECAUTIONS This vehicle is equipped with two braking systems: 1. Hydraulic brake system 2. Regenerative brake system Hydraulic brake system The hydraulic brake system is similar to the brakes used on conventional vehicles. The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels. Regenerative brake system The primary purpose of regenerative brake system is to provide some power to help recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is “engine braking” that operates based on battery conditions. In the D (Drive) range, when the accelerator is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and generates power for the Li-ion battery. Power is also generated when the brake pedal is applied. When you put the shift lever in the ECO position and take your foot off the accelerator pedal, more Starting and driving 5-19 regenerative brake is applied than in the D (Drive) position. However, during high-speed driving you may feel that regenerative brake provides less deceleration than the engine braking in an ordinary vehicle. This is normal. • If the power switch position is in a position other than ON or READY to drive, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle, and the stopping distance will be longer. • When depressing the brake pedal, the braking pedal feel will not be smooth or may change when the cooperative regenerative brake system activates. However, the electronically controlled brake system is operating normally and this does not indicate a malfunction. Less deceleration is provided by the regenerative brake system when the Li-ion battery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. Regenerative brake is also automatically reduced when the battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery damage. Using brakes The brake pedal should be used to slow or stop the vehicle depending on traffic or road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not affected by regenerative brake system operation. Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out the brake pads and shoes faster and will reduce driving range. NOTE: To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and select ECO position before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control. • When applying the regenerative brakes, you may hear a sound coming from the regenerative brake system. This is a normal operating characteristic of an EV (Electric vehicle). 5-20 Starting and driving WARNING • While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking or accelerating. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid, which could result in an accident. • If the brake pedal is depressed with the EV (Electric Vehicle) system OFF, you may feel an increased brake pedal effort and a decreased pedal stroke. If the BRAKE warning light does not illuminate and the brake pedal feels like it has returned to its normal state after the EV system is started, this indicates that there is no malfunction and the vehicle can be operated normally. Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, the braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking. To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes have dried. Parking brake break-in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the holding effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes are replaced, in order to maintain optimum braking performance. This procedure is described in the vehicle Service Manual, and it can be performed by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) WARNING • The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety. • Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness. – When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels. – For detailed information, see ⴖWheels and tiresⴖ in the ⴖMaintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section of this manual. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces. Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles. WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances. Self-test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you push the power switch in the READY to drive position and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Starting and driving 5-21 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road conditions. When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions. • Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a drive wheel on the same axle that is not slipping. • Controls brake pressure and traction motor output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function). • Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and traction motor output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions. – understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input) – oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions). The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations. When the VDC system operates, the warning in the instrument panel flashes. When the warning flashes, note the following items. 5-22 Starting and driving • The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path. • You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly. • Adjust your speed and driving according to the road conditions. See ⬙VDC warning light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section and ⬙VDC OFF indicator light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the warning illuminates in the lower display. The VDC system automatically turns off when this warning light is lit. The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system. The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate that the VDC system is off. When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a drive wheel that is not slipping. The warning flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are off and the warning will not flash. The VDC System is automatically reset to ON when the power switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the EV (Electric Vehicle) and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction. WARNING • The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully. • Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the warning may flash or may illuminate. • If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may may not operate properly and illuminate. • If traction motor control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the may illuminate. • When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate warning may illuproperly and the minate. Do not drive on these types of roads. • When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the warning may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the EV (Electric Vehicle) system after driving onto a stable surface. • If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate propwarning may illumierly and the nate. • The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road. Starting and driving 5-23 HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM WARNING • Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death. • The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury. • The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury. 5-24 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions: • The shift lever is shifted into D (Drive), ECO, or R (Reverse) position. • The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake. The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely. Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is shifted into D (Drive), ECO, or R (Reverse) position or on a flat and level road. CAUTION To prevent damage to the Li-ion battery: Do not store a vehicle in temperatures below -13°F (-25°C) for over seven days. If the outside temperature is -13°F (-25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery may freeze and it cannot be charged or provide power to run the vehicle. Move the vehicle to a warm location. NOTE: • Connect the charger to the vehicle and place the power switch in the OFF position when parking the vehicle if temperatures may go below -4°F (-20°C). This provides external power to the Li-ion battery warmer when it operates and does not discharge the Li-ion battery. Vehicle driving range is reduced if the Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion battery temperature approximately -4°F (-20°C) or colder) while driving the vehicle. You may need to charge the Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer temperatures. • The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. • The predicted charging time displayed on the meter and navigation system increases when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. • Vehicle range may be substantially reduced in extremely cold conditions (for example under -4°F (-20°C)). • Using the climate control system to heat the cabin when outside temperature is below 32°F (0°C) uses more electricity and affects vehicle range more than when using the heater when the temperature is above 32°F (0°C). • Climate control performance is reduced when using the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control while the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Set only the charging timer [End Time] when charging in cold weather. The vehicle automatically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Charging ends before the set end time if the Li-ion battery is fully charged. FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob. ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is possible that the outside temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the antifreeze to ensure proper winter protection. For additional information, see ⬙Cooling system⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. 12-VOLT BATTERY If the 12-volt battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the 12-volt battery fluid may freeze and damage the 12-volt battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the 12volt battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, see ⬙12-volt battery⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see ⬙Cooling system⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. Consult a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. Tire chains may be used. For details, see ⬙Tire chains⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. Starting and driving 5-25 SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter: • A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades. • A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts. • Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank. DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING • Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or “grip” under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded. • Whatever the conditions, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction. • Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement. 5-26 Starting and driving • Allow greater following distances on slippery roads. • Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers. • Do not use cruise control on slippery roads. FREEING A FROZEN CHARGE PORT LID When the charge port is frozen, melt the ice using a hair dryer. 6 In case of emergency Roadside assistance program. . . . . . . . . . Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 . .6-2 . .6-2 . .6-3 . .6-3 . .6-4 .6-10 If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . Vehicle recovery (freeing stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 .6-12 .6-13 .6-13 .6-14 .6-15 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside Assistance Service is available to you. Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for details. EMERGENCY EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SHUT OFF HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH To shut off the EV (Electric Vehicle) system in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure. • Rapidly push the power switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or • Push and hold the power switch for more than 2 seconds. Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash. 6-2 In case of emergency WARNING • If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road. • Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. • Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on. The flasher can be actuated with the power switch in any position. Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving. FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see ⬙Warning/ indicator lights and audible reminders⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section and ⬙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section. WARNING • Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. • If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with underinflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire, repair it as soon as possible. • When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting. In case of emergency 6-3 • Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. • If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire. • NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. REPAIRING FLAT TIRE WARNING • After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h). • Immediately after using the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to inspect, and repair or replace the tire. The Emergency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured tire. Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash. • If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire. • NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead 6-4 In case of emergency of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures. If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below. CAUTION • To avoid the emergency tire puncture kit being damaged during storage or use: – Only use the emergency tire puncture repair kit on your vehicle. Do not use it on other vehicles. – Only use the kit to inflate the tires of your vehicle and to check the vehicle’s tire pressure. – Only plug the compressor into a 12volt DC car power point. – Keep the kit free of water and dirt. – Do not disassemble or modify the kit. – Do not drop the kit or allow hard impacts to the kit. • Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit under the following conditions. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or professional road assistance. – when the sealant has passed its expiration date (shown on the label attached to the bottle) – when the cut or the puncture is approximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or longer – when the tire sidewall is damaged – when the vehicle has been driven with extremely low tire pressure – when the tire has come off the inside or the outside of the wheel – when the tire wheel is damaged – when two or more tires are flat Stopping the vehicle 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic. 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake. 4. Push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever to the P (Park) position. 5. Turn off the EV (Electric Vehicle) system. 6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance. 7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle. WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the vehicle is placed into the P (Park) position. • Never repair tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous. • Never repair tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for professional road assistance. Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located under the cargo area. The repair kit consists of the following items: 1 䊊 2 䊊 3 䊊 Tire sealant bottle Air compressor Speed restriction sticker In case of emergency 6-5 Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit • If any foreign object (for example, a screw or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove it. • Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on the label attached to the bottle). Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed. • The emergency repair compound may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Have the tire pressure sensor replaced as soon as possible. Repairing tire: WARNING Observe the following precautions when using the tire repair compound. • Swallowing the compound is dangerous. Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance. • Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek prompt medical attention. • Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children. 6-6 In case of emergency 1. Open the lid of the air compressor and take out the speed restriction sticker, then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving. CAUTION Do not put the speed restriction label on the steering wheel pad, the speedometer or the warning light locations. 3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle, and screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact. Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle.) 4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on the flat tire. 1 and the power plug 䊊 2 out 2. Take the hose 䊊 of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor. In case of emergency 6-7 NOTE: The compressor tire pressure gauge may show a pressure reading of 87 psi (600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while inflating the tire. The pressure gauge is indicating the pressure inside the sealant can. When the sealant has been injected into the tire the pressure gauge will drop and indicate actual tire pressure. WARNING A of the hose 5. Remove the protective cap 䊊 and screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Make sure that the pressure release B is securely tightened. Make sure that valve 䊊 the air compressor switch is in the OFF (O) position, and then insert the power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle. 6. Push the power switch to the “ACC” position. Then turn the compressor switch to the ON (ⳮ) position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver’s side center pillar if possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure, lower the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve. 6-8 In case of emergency To avoid serious personal injury while using the emergency tire puncture repair kit: • Securely tighten the compressor hose to the tire valve. Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin. • Do not stand directly beside the damaged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of the rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn the compressor off immediately. If the tire pressure does not increase to 26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 7. When the tire pressure is at the specified amount, turn the air compressor off. If the tire cannot be inflated to the specified amount, the air compressor can be turned off at the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and valve cap. Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the cargo area. CAUTION To avoid serious personal injury when stowing the emergency tire puncture repair kit: • Keep the sealant bottle screwed into the compressor. Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin. 8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed below 50 MPH (80 km/h). 9. After driving, make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF position, then screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. Temporary repair is completed if the tire pressure does not drop. Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Information label before driving. 10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the steps from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops again or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The sealant bottle and hose can not be reused to repair another punctured tire. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to purchase replacements. After repairing tire: See a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for tire repair/replacement as soon as possible. WARNING • After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h). • Immediately after using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to inspect, and repair or replace the tire. The Emergency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured tire. Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash. • Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors. • If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire . • NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. In case of emergency 6-9 JUMP STARTING To start your EV system with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed. Jump starting provides power to the 12-volt system to allow the electrical systems to operate. The electrical systems must be operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be charged. Jump starting does not charge the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must be charged before the vehicle can be driven. WARNING • If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a 12-volt battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle. • Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the 12-volt battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the 12-volt battery. • Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution that can cause severe burns. If the fluid comes into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water. 6-10 In case of emergency • Keep the 12-volt battery out of the reach of children. • The booster battery must be rated at 12 volt. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle. • Whenever working on or near a 12-volt battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the 12-volt battery when jump starting. • Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury. • Your vehicle has an automatic cooling fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it. WARNING • Always follow the instructions below. Failure to do so could result in damage to the DC/DC converter and cause personal injury. CAUTION • Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12-volt battery at the same time that the Li-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or charging equipment and could cause an injury. • LEAF cannot be used as a booster vehicle because it cannot supply enough power to start a gasoline engine. However, a gasoline engine vehicle can be used to jump start LEAF’s 12-volt battery. 5. Place the power switch in the OFF position. 6. Remove the vent caps on the 12-volt battery (if so equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce the hazard of an explosion. 7. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as 1 →䊊 2 →䊊 3 →䊊 4 ). illustrated ( 䊊 CAUTION B, 1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle 䊊 A and 䊊 B ) to bring position the two vehicles ( 䊊 their 12-volt batteries into close proximity to each other. Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. 2. Apply the parking brake. If the 12-volt battery is discharged, the power switch cannot be moved from the OFF position. Connect the jumper B before cables to the booster vehicle 䊊 pushing the power switch. 3. Push the P (Park)position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). • Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (ⴑ) to body ground (for example, as illustrated), not to the 12volt battery. • Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the motor compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal. B. 8. Start the engine of the booster vehicle 䊊 B engine is run9. While the booster vehicle 䊊 ning, place the EV system in the READY to drive position. 10. After starting your EV system, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the 4 →䊊 3 →䊊 2 →䊊 1 ) and positive cable ( 䊊 keep the READY to drive position over 20 minutes to charge the 12-volt battery. 11. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes because it may be contaminated with corrosive acid. 12. If necessary, connect the vehicle to a charging station or EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) to charge the Li-ion battery. (See ⬙Charge⬙ section.) The vehicle can not be driven until the Li-ion battery is charged. NOTE: If it is not possible to turn the system ON by following this procedure, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately. CAUTION If the system does not start right away, push the power switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again. In case of emergency 6-11 IF THE LI-ION BATTERY BECOMES COMPLETELY DISCHARGED If the power limitation indicator light illuminates, the traction motor output is limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe location before the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged and no power is available to drive the vehicle. Contact Roadside assistance; see your NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet. If possible, place the power switch in the OFF position while waiting for assistance to prevent discharging the 12-volt battery. NOTE: If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged: • The vehicle is automatically placed in the ON position and it will not be possible to switch to the READY position. • The vehicle is automatically switched to the N (Neutral) position and it will not be possible to drive the vehicle. 6-12 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING WARNING If the vehicle is in the N (Neutral) position and the Li-ion battery and the 12-volt battery become completely discharged, the vehicle can not be placed in the P (Park) position. If this occurs, place suitable blocks at both the front and back of a wheel to prevent the vehicle from moving. Failure to block a wheel may allow the vehicle to move unexpectedly which may result in serious personal injury or death. To place the vehicle in the READY position so the vehicle can be driven, charge the Li-ion battery until the driving range on the instrument panel changes from “---” to a numeric distance. Do not attempt to start the system by pushing the vehicle. CAUTION An EV (Electric Vehicle) cannot be pushstarted or tow-started. Attempting to do so may cause traction motor damage. TOOLS TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions. Tools are located in the side of the cargo area. CAUTION • When towing, make sure that the axles, steering system and power train are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used. • Always attach safety chains before towing. For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see ⬙Flat towing⬙ in the ⬙Technical and consumer information⬙ section. WARNING • Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed. • Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck. In case of emergency 6-13 NOTE: If your vehicle cannot be moved because the vehicle can not to be shifted to the N (Neutral) position, please refer to the LEAF Roadside Assistance Guide which is located at www.NISSANUSA.com. If your vehicle cannot be moved because the parking brake cannot be released, see ⴖParking brake mechanical releaseⴖ. TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or that the vehicle be placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated. CAUTION • Never tow with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground (forward or backward), as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the motor. 6-14 In case of emergency • When towing this vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake. See ⴖParking brake manual release⬙. Front VEHICLE RECOVERY (FREEING STUCK VEHICLE) WARNING • Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. • Do not spin your tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode, which could result in serious injury. Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be damaged. Pulling a stuck vehicle Do not use the tie down hook for towing or vehicle recovery. Rear Rear: Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle. CAUTION • Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hook or main structural members of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle body will be damaged. • Do not use the vehicle tie down hook to free a vehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc. In case of emergency 6-15 • Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie down hook or recovery hook. • Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle at an angle. • Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension, steering, brake or cooling systems. • Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery. Rocking a stuck vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., try to free it by following the procedure below. 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions. 3. Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear an area around the front tires. 6-16 In case of emergency 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. • Shift back and forth between the R (Reverse) and D (Drive) positions. • Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion. • Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R (Reverse) and D (Drive). • Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h). 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle. 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar cell module (if so equipped) Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 .7-2 .7-2 .7-3 .7-3 .7-3 .7-3 .7-3 .7-4 .7-4 .7-4 Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) . . Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 .7-5 .7-5 .7-6 .7-6 . . . .7-6 . . . .7-6 . . . .7-7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle as soon as you can: • after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain • after driving on coastal roads • when contaminants such as soot, bird droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface • when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area. When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover. WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. 7-2 Appearance and care CAUTION • Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used. • Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents. • Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become waterspotted. • Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt. Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle. WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product. • Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax. • Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish. Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or any automotive accessory stores. UNDERBODY abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements. SOLAR CELL MODULE (IF SO EQUIPPED) In areas where road salt is used in winter, the underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated. The solar cell uses a plastic cover. When cleaning the cell: • Do not polish the solar cell using a dry cloth or a wax that contains a compound. Doing so may strip off the hard coating. • In order to maintain the solar cell’s effectiveness, be sure to remove any leaves or dirt from the surface of the cell. GLASS WHEELS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance. • Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed. • Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, • NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter. CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels. Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed. CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: • Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels. • Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature. • Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied. Appearance and care 7-3 CLEANING INTERIOR CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint. If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions: • Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil-based tire dressing. • Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult to remove). • Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread/grooves. • Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by the tire dressing manufacturer. 7-4 Appearance and care Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth. Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather. Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material. Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens. WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury. CAUTION • Never use benzine, thinner, or any similar material. • Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather’s natural finish. • Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer. • Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover. AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions: • Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface. • Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces. Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using air fresheners. FLOOR MATS WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury: • NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position. • Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model. See your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for more information. • Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat positioning aid. See ⴖFloor mat positioning aid (driver’s side only)⬙. The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn. Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side only) This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to act as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has grommet holes incorporated in it. Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell. Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned. Bracket position The illustration shows the location of floor mat brackets. SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. See ⬙Seat belts⬙ in the ⬙Safety-Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system⬙ section. Appearance and care 7-5 WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE) The Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) can be cleaned by wiping gently with a soft cloth dampened in a 3% mild soap solution. Wipe and rinse the soap solution off with a cloth dampened with water and allow the EVSE to dry in a shady and well-ventilated place. 7-6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION • The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas. • Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion. Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing, where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used. Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated. Air pollution Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces. TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically. • Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean. • Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible. • Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation. • Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible. For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consult a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. CAUTION • NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders. Appearance and care 7-7 NOTES 7-8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do-it yourself Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . General maintenance . . . . . . . . Where to go for service . . . . . . General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . Explanation of maintenance items Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . Motor compartment check locations . Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking coolant level . . . . . . . Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 . .8-2 . .8-2 . .8-2 . .8-2 . .8-2 . .8-5 . .8-7 . .8-7 . .8-8 . .8-9 . .8-9 .8-10 .8-10 .8-11 .8-13 .8-13 .8-13 .8-13 Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . Nissan Intelligent Key® battery replacement Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . Emergency tire puncture repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15 .8-15 .8-15 .8-16 .8-16 .8-18 .8-19 .8-21 .8-22 .8-23 .8-26 .8-26 .8-28 .8-30 .8-31 .8-32 .8-34 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as well as its EV (Electric Vehicle) system performance. GENERAL MAINTENANCE eration. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed. Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools. These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed. WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain. If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up-to-date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and in-dealership information systems. They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins. For your convenience, both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals. GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for proper vehicle op- 8-2 Maintenance and do-it yourself You can be confident that a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer’s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle — in a reliable and economical way. During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer do it promptly. In addition, you should notify a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if you think that repairs are required. When performing any checks or maintenance work, see ⬙Maintenance precautions⬙. EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with “*” is found later in this section. Outside vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified. Doors and motor hood: Check that all doors and the motor hood operate properly. Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the motor hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently. Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check the aim of the headlights. Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure that no wheel nuts are missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components: Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age. Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility. Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly. Inside vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully. Check the brake booster function. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal. Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied. Electric shift P (Park) position mechanism:On a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely while the vehicle is in the P (Park) position without applying the brakes. Parking brake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake cannot keep a vehicle position contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Seat: Check seat position controls such as the seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. to ensure that they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position. Check that the head restraints/headrests move up and down smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-3 Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage. Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises. severe conditions require frequent checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level. NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: Windshield defroster: Check that the air emits from the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner. 1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances. In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health. Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washers operate properly and that the wipers do not streak. Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. Under hood and vehicle Coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the motor compartment is cold. Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly. The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically. 12-volt battery (for serviceable battery)*: Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under 8-4 Maintenance and do-it yourself Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a short period of time. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you notice any leaks, check for the cause and have it corrected immediately. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure that the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections. Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan and frame. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see ⬙Cleaning exterior⬙ in the ⬙Appearance and care⬙ section. Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is an adequate amount of fluid in the reservoir. MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions that should be closely observed. WARNING • The EV (Electric Vehicle) system uses high voltage up to approximately DC 400 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Obey the labels that are attached to the vehicle. • Never disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts and cables as well as their connectors. High-voltage cables are colored orange. • Disassembling, removing or replacing those parts or cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death. The vehicle high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Take your vehicle to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for any necessary maintenance. • Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and chock the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Push the P (Park) position switch on the selector lever or place the vehicle into the N (Neutral) position. • If you must work with the EV (Electric vehicle) system is turned on, keep hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans and any other moving parts. • Make sure that the power switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any part replacement or repairs. • It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle. • Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle. • Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands. • Keep smoking materials, flames and sparks away from the 12-volt battery. CAUTION • Do not work under the hood while the motor compartment is hot. Push the power switch in the OFF position and wait until it cools down. • Avoid direct contact with used coolant. Improperly disposed coolant and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for the disposal of vehicle fluids. • Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the power switch is in the ON position. • Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the power switch is not in the ACC, ON or READY to drive position. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative 12-volt battery cable before working near the fan. • Before performing any electrical maintenance work on the vehicle such as the battery, fuses or bulb replacement, confirm the following: – The charge connector is removed from the vehicle. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-5 – The Climate Ctrl. Timer and remote climate control are not active or operating. See ⴖA/C-Heater Timer (Climete Ctrl. Timer)ⴖ and ⴖRemote climate controlⴖ in the ⴖVentilators and climate control systems⬙ section. – The 12-volt battery is not being charged by the Li-ion battery and that all charging status indicator lights are off, see ⴖCharging the 12volt batteryⴖ in the ⴖEV overview⬙ section and ⴖCharge status indicator lightⴖ in the ⴖCharging⬙ section. • The power switch is in the OFF position. Place the power switch in the ON position and then in the OFF position to prevent the 12-volt battery automatically being charged by the Li-ion battery. See ⴖCharging the 12-volt batteryⴖ in the ⴖEV overview⬙ section. The “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only those items that are relatively easy for an owner to perform. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. See ⬙Owner’s manual/service manual order information⬙ in the ⬙Technical and consumer information⬙ section. 8-6 Maintenance and do-it yourself You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, we recommend that it be done by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. MOTOR COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS COOLING SYSTEM The cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional cooling system additives are not necessary. WARNING • Never remove the coolant tank cap when the motor compartment is hot. Wait until the motor compartment cool down. • The coolant tank is equipped with a special type coolant tank cap. To prevent damage to the motor compartment, use only a Genuine NISSAN coolant tank cap. CAUTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Brake fluid reservoir 12-volt battery Fuse/fusible link holder Fuse/fusible link holder 5. Coolant tank cap 6. Window washer fluid reservoir 7. Fuse/fusible link holder • Never use any additives in the coolant such as radiator sealer in the cooling system. This may cause damage to electrical equipment such as the motor and inverter. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-7 • When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is prediluted to provide antifreeze protection to ⴑ34°F (ⴑ37°C) . If additional freeze protection is needed due to the weather conditions where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If and equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufacture’s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to ⴑ34°F (ⴑ37°C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the cooling system. • The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000 km) or 15 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory-filled coolant. Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details. CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the high voltage parts are cold. If the coolant 2 , open the reservoir level is below the MIN level 䊊 1 . If cap and add coolant up to the MAX level 䊊 the reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the coolant tank when the high voltage parts are cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the coolant tank, fill the coolant tank with coolant up to the reservoir cap opening and also add it to the 1 . reservoir up to the MAX level 䊊 Tighten the cap securely after adding coolant. 8-8 Maintenance and do-it yourself REDUCTION GEAR FLUID If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. CHANGING COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be performed by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance. Coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations. When checking or replacement is required, we recommend a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for servicing. CAUTION • Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid S. Do not mix with other fluids. • Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid S will damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. WARNING • To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the motor compartment is hot. • Never remove the coolant tank cap when the motor compartment is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. • Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. • Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-9 BRAKE FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID For additional brake fluid information, see ⬙Capacities and recommended lubricants⬙ in the ⬙Technical and consumer information⬙ section of this manual. WARNING • Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system, and affect the vehicle’s stopping ability. • Clean the filler cap before removing. • Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children. CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water. 8-10 Maintenance and do-it yourself Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is 1 or the brake warning light below the MIN line 䊊 illuminates, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to 2 . If fluid must be added frethe MAX line 䊊 quently, the system should be checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Except for Canada To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug the 1 of the cap/tube assembly, then center hole 䊊 remove it from the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid. For Canada Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add window washer fluid when the low washer fluid warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. (See ⬙9. Low washer warning (if so equipped)⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section.) 12-VOLT BATTERY To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the cap and pour the window washer fluid into the reservoir opening. Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio. Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid. Recommended fluid: Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent CAUTION • Do not substitute anti-freeze coolant for window washer solution. This may result in damage to the paint. • Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. • Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water. • Keep the 12-volt battery surface clean and dry. Clean the 12-volt battery with a solution of baking soda and water. • Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened. NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances. In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health. WARNING • Do not expose the 12-volt battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the 12-volt battery is explosive. Do not allow 12-volt battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. After touching a 12-volt battery or 12-volt battery cap, Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-11 • • • • do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the 12-volt battery is low. Low 12volt battery fluid can cause a higher load on the 12-volt battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead to an explosion. When working on or near a 12-volt battery, always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry. 12-volt battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. Keep the 12-volt battery out of the reach of children. Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be 1 and LOWER between the UPPER LEVEL 䊊 2 lines. LEVEL 䊊 If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill. A. 1. Remove the cell plugs 䊊 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 1 line. 䊊 If the side of the 12-volt battery is not clear, check the distilled water level by looking di1 indirectly above the cell; the condition 䊊 2 needs more to cates OK and the condition 䊊 be added. A. 3. Tighten cell plugs 䊊 Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level. 8-12 Maintenance and do-it yourself JUMP STARTING Jump starting provides power to the 12 volt system to allow the electrical systems to operate. The electrical systems must be operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be charged. Jump starting does not charge the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must be charged before the vehicle can be driven. If jump starting is necessary, see ⬙Jump starting ⬙ in the ⬙In case of emergency⬙ section. If the power switch does not switch to READY to drive position by jump starting, the 12-volt battery may have to be replaced. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield. Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water. Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades. CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision. REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. Pulling up the wiper arm The wiper arm should be in the up position when replacing the wiper. Type A Pull up the wiper arm manually or using the wiper rise-up function. Wiper rise-up function: 1 within To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever 䊊 one minute after the power switch is turned off. The wiper operation stops in mid-operation and wiper arm can be pulled up. To lower the wiper arm, place the wiper arm in the 2 up down position and then push the lever 䊊 once after the power switch is turned on. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-13 CAUTION Do not operate the windshield wiper while arm is pulled up. The wiper arm or hood may be damaged. Replacing A , and move the wiper 1. Push the release tab 䊊 1 while pushing blade down the wiper arm 䊊 the release tab to remove. 2. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds. 3. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is in the groove. 8-14 Maintenance and do-it yourself CAUTION • After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened. • Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure. A . This Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle 䊊 may cause improper windshield washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any objects B . Be careful not to with a needle or small pin 䊊 damage the nozzle. REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if checking or replacement is required. If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. WARNING Do not adjust the height of the brake pedal. Doing so could alter the effectiveness of the brakes, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. If adjustment is required, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard. Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-15 FUSES If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Confirm that the power switch and the headlight switch are turned off. 2. Open the hood. 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by 1 and lifting the cover from pushing the tab 䊊 2 , and then the left side 䊊 3 . the right side 䊊 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced. 5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box. MOTOR COMPARTMENT WARNING • Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high-voltage parts and cables, as well as their connectors. High-voltage cables are colored orange. Touching, disassembling, removing or replacing those parts and cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death. 8-16 Maintenance and do-it yourself CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire. A , replace it with a new 6. If the fuse is open 䊊 B. fuse 䊊 7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary, repaired by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible 1 ,䊊 2 and 䊊 3 . If any of these links in the holders 䊊 fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. For checking and replacing the fusible links in the 1 ,䊊 2 and 䊊 3 , contact a NISSAN certiholders 䊊 fied LEAF dealer. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-17 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire. If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Make sure that the power switch and the headlight switch are turned off. 8-18 Maintenance and do-it yourself 2. Insert a screwdriver wrapped with the cloth C into the slit 䊊 1 . 䊊 C to protect the fuse box cover. Use a cloth 䊊 2 . 3. Then pull to remove the fuse box cover 䊊 3 . 4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 䊊 A , replace it with a new 5. If the fuse is open 䊊 B. fuse 䊊 6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® BATTERY REPLACEMENT 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect the casing. 3. Replace the battery with a new one. CAUTION • Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts. • An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. • When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components. • There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. Recommended battery: CR2025 or equivalent • Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. • Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity. • Make sure that the 丣 side faces the bottom of the case. Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows: 1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-19 FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: 1 , 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts 䊊 2 until it is and then push them together 䊊 securely closed. 5. Operate the buttons to check that it is functioning properly. See a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if you need any assistance for replacement. 8-20 Maintenance and do-it yourself Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. LIGHTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Front parking light Headlight (low-beam) Front turn signal light Map light Ceiling light Front fog light (if so equipped) Headlight (high-beam) High-mounted stop light Rear combination light (stop/tail/turn signal/ back-up light/rear side marker) 10. License plate light 11. Cargo light Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-21 HEADLIGHTS Replacing Halogen headlight (high-beam): The headlight high-beam is a semi-sealed beam type that uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. CAUTION • Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance. • High-pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped. • Only touch the base when handling the bulb. Never touch the glass envelope. Touching the glass envelope could significantly affect bulb life and/or headlight performance. • Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Use the same number and wattage as originally installed as shown in the chart. 8-22 Maintenance and do-it yourself Type A Disconnect the battery negative cable before replacing bulbs. 1 . 1. Remove the connector 䊊 2. Turn the headlight bulb, and then remove the 2 . bulb 䊊 Type B Disconnect the battery negative cable before replacing bulbs. 1 . 1. Remove the connector 䊊 2. Turn the headlight bulb, and then remove the 2 . bulb 䊊 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Headlight low beams (Type A)* Headlight high beams (Halogen) (Type A) Headlight (Type B) Front turn signal light Front fog light (if so equipped)* Front park light Rear combination light Turn signal Stop/tail* Back-up License plate light* Map light High-mounted stop light* Ceiling light Cargo light Wattage (W) LED 65 60/55 27 55 5 Bulb No. — H9 H13 3457NAK H11 W5W 21 LED 16 5 LED LED 8 5 WY21W — W16W W5W — — — — *: Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement. NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the latest information about parts. Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover. : REMOVE : INSTALL Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-23 Front turn signal light Parking light License plate light 1. Remove the rear combination attachment bolt 1 . 䊊 2. Pull the rear combination assembly evenly 2 . toward rear of the vehicle 䊊 8-24 Maintenance and do-it yourself Cargo light Rear combination light 3. Turn the bulb socket and then remove the 3 . bulb 䊊 Ceiling light Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-25 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire, see ⴖFlat tireⴖ in the ⴖIn case of emergency⬙ section. TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving). For more details, see ⬙Low tire pressure warning light⬙ in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section, ⬙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section and ⬙Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)⬙ in the ⬙In case of emergency⬙ section. Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires often and always prior to long distance trips. The recommended 8-26 Maintenance and do-it yourself tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly because: • Most tires naturally lose air over time. • Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking. The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert also provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. (See ⬙TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section.) Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling. WARNING • Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident. • The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S. certification label. The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components. • Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. • For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. 4 䊊 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR. 5 Tire size — see ⬙Tire labeling⬙. 䊊 6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if 䊊 so equipped) Tire and Loading Information label 1 䊊 Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle. 2 䊊 Vehicle load limit: See ⬙Vehicle loading information⬙ in the ⬙Technical and consumer information⬙ section. 3 Original size: The size of the tires originally 䊊 installed on the vehicle at the factory. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-27 Checking tire pressure 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge securely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, otherwise air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage. 3. Remove the gauge. 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. 8-28 Maintenance and do-it yourself 5. Add air to the tire as necessary. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as necessary. 6. Install the valve stem cap. 7. Check the pressure of all of the tires. COLD TIRE SIZE INFLATION PRESSURE FRONT P205/55R16 250 kPa, ORIGINAL 89H 36 PSI TIRE FRONT P215/50R17 250 kPa, ORIGINAL 90V 36 PSI TIRE REAR P205/55R16 250 kPa, ORIGINAL 89H 36 PSI TIRE REAR P215/50R17 250 kPa, ORIGINAL 90V 36 PSI TIRE Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall. 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law. 7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating. 䊊 1 Example Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H) 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this information.) 2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. 3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of height to width. 4. R: The “R” stands for radial. 2 䊊 Example TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX) 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of Transportation”. The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number. 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identification mark 3. Two-digit code: Tire size 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional) 5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture 6. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-29 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the other sidewall of the tire. 䊊 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. 4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure 䊊 This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. 5 Maximum load rating 䊊 This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire. 6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” 䊊 Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”). 7 The word “radial” 䊊 The word “radial” is shown, if the tire has radial structure. 3 8-30 Maintenance and do-it yourself 8 䊊 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown. Other tire-related terminology: In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle. TYPES OF TIRES WARNING • When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (Example: Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability. • Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. • Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. • For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas. Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. Snow tires If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle. Generally, snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your vehicle. and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected. Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels. Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-31 The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval. WARNING CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque using a torque wrench. Wheel nut tightening torque: 83 ft-lb (112 N·m) 8-32 Maintenance and do-it yourself • After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure. • Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.). • For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. 1. Wear indicator 2. Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage WARNING • Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced. • The original tires have built-in tread wear indicators. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced. • Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician, because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury. • For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. See ⬙Specifications⬙ in the ⬙Technical and consumer information⬙ section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels. WARNING • The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, ground clearance, body-totire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury. • If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the new tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury. • If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the brake discs. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See ⴖWheels and tiresⴖ in the ⴖTechnical and consumer information⬙ section of this manual for wheel off-set dimensions. • When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Contact your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting. • Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS. • Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning. Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-33 • The use of retread tire is not recommended. • For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required. Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage. For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. Care of wheels See ⬙Cleaning exterior⬙ in the ⬙Appearance and care⬙ section for details about care of the wheels. 8-34 Maintenance and do-it yourself EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE REPAIR KIT The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures. If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. See ⬙Flat tire⬙ for more details. 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended lubricants . . . . . . . Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certification label . . . . . . Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 . . . . . . .9-3 .9-4 .9-4 .9-6 .9-6 .9-6 . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 .9-7 .9-7 .9-7 .9-8 .9-8 .9-8 .9-9 .9-9 .9-9 Vehicle loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Securing the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telematics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information. Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 .9-10 .9-11 .9-12 .9-12 .9-13 .9-13 .9-14 .9-14 .9-14 .9-14 .9-15 .9-15 .9-16 .9-18 .9-18 .9-20 .9-22 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure that is described in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity. Capacity (approximate) Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Cooling system With reservoir 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt 5.3 Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent Reservoir 1/2 qt 1/2 qt 0.5 Reduction gear fluid Brake fluid Multi-purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system lubricants 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qt 1.4 Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. — — — — — — — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid S*1 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base) HFC-134a (R-134a)*3 NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL11 or equivalent *1: Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid S. Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic Fluid S will damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. *2: Available in mainland US through a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. *3: For additional information, see ⬙Vehicle identification⬙ for air conditioner specification label. 9-2 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil, compressor oil ND-OIL11 or the equivalents. CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components. The refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a), in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth’s atmosphere, certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer when servicing your air conditioning system. Technical and consumer information 9-3 SPECIFICATIONS CHARGING SYSTEM Rated input voltage Rated input frequency Maximum rated current Maximum power consumption Supply system Sensitive current of GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit breaker in NISSAN Genuine portable type EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) Protection class AC120V (single phase), AC240V (single phase) 60Hz 12A (AC120V), 18A (AC240V), 32A (AC240V; if so equipped) 1.4 kVA (AC120V), 4.8 kVA (AC240V), 7.7kVA (AC240V; if so equipped) TN-S system 15 mA Class I EV AC Level 1 (Trickle charge with NISSAN Genuine portable type EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)) Charging modes/Types of connection AC Level 2 (Normal charge with home installation type EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)) DC Charging (Quick charge, if so equipped) Required installation (over current The methods of protection against over current and over voltage shall be in accordance with national codes. protection) Suitable over current protection devices for the wiring of houses or buildings shall be installed. Cooling system The vehicle cooling system is used. IP55: EV (Electric Vehicle) charging port in road position IP Degree IP44: Connection of NISSAN Genuine portable type EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) and charge port during charging Operating temperature ⳮ31 - 113°F (ⳮ35 - 45°C) Storage temperature ⳮ40 - 176°F (ⳮ40 - 80°C) 9-4 Technical and consumer information Rated input voltage Rated input frequency Applicable standards Adapters AC120V (single phase), AC240V (single phase) 60Hz SAE J1772: 2010 EN61000-6-1: 2007 EN61851-1: 2010 EN61000-6-3: 2007 EN61851-21: 2002 IEC61851-1: 2010 IEC61851-21: 2001 Adaptors shall not be used to connect a vehicle connector to a vehicle inlet. Technical and consumer information 9-5 MOTOR Model DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EM61 Overall length WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Aluminum Aluminum Size 16 × 6 1/2J 17 × 6 1/2J Offset in (mm) 1.57 (40) 1.77 (45) Tire Type Size P205/ 55R16 89H P215/ Conventional 50R17 90V Conventional Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold] 36 (250) 36 (250) 9-6 Technical and consumer information Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) Front Rear in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 175.0 (4,445)*1 174.8 (4,440)*2 69.7 (1,770) 61.0 (1,550) 60.6 (1,540) 60.4 (1,535) 106.3 (2,700) lb (kg) lb (kg) lb (kg) *1: With front license plate bracket *2: Without front license plate bracket See the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification label on the driver’s side center pillar. WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the charging equipment is compatible with that country’s electrical system. When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations. The laws and regulations for motor vehicle safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifications may differ. When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (CHASSIS NUMBER) The vehicle identification number is located as shown. Remove the cover to access the number. Technical and consumer information 9-7 TRACTION MOTOR SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S CERTIFICATION LABEL EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The serial number of the traction motor is stamped on the traction motor as shown. The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully. The emission control information label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown in the illustration. 9-8 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver’s side center pillar as shown. The air conditioner specification label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown in the illustration. Perform the following procedure to mount the license plate. Before mounting the license plate, confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag. • License plate bracket • Screw ×2 1. Adjust the license plate bracket at the location (small dimples). 2. To determine where to drill the hole, mark along both sides of the mounting holes and license plate screw holes using a felt-tip pen. Technical and consumer information 9-9 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION 3. Remove the license plate bracket and connect the arcs from the ovals. Mark the point in the center of each oval. These are pilot drilling locations. Use a 0.49 in (12.5 mm) drill bit for the license plate screw holes and carefully open holes in the places marked. (Make sure that the drill only goes through the fascia.) 4. Install the license plate with two 0.23 in (6 mm) screws. WARNING • It is extremely dangerous to ride in the cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. • Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. • Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle: • Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle) vehicle weight including: standard and optional equipment, fluids, emergency tools, and spare tire assembly. This weight does not include passengers and cargo. • GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo. • GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. 9-10 Technical and consumer information This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./ C.M.V.S.S. label. • GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. • GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer. • Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Total load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified of the load (passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label. • Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit. VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as “The combined weight of occupants and cargo” on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label. To get “the combined weight of occupants and cargo”, add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight. Examples are shown in the following illustration. Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 ⳮ 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or (640 ⳮ 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Technical and consumer information 9-11 Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See ⬙Measurement of weights⬙ later in this section.) WARNING Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. See the Tire and Loading Information label. SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown. The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps. Do not apply a total load of more than 4 lb (2 kg) to a single hook when securing cargo. 9-12 Technical and consumer information • Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. • The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area. Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged. • Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury. LOADING TIPS • The GVW must not exceed the GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./ C.M.V.S.S. certification label. • Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR. TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS WARNING • Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. • Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury. • Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle’s warranty. Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings. Technical and consumer information 9-13 FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is typically used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home. DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades. CAUTION • Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe reduction gear damage. • DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). • For emergency towing procedures refer to ⴖTowing your vehicleⴖ in the ⴖIn case of emergency⬙ section of this manual. 9-14 Technical and consumer information Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. TRACTION AA, A, B AND C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TEMPERATURE A, B AND C For USA For Canada The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN. WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov. You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-877NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738). If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN. You may contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recall Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safety defects online at; https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/ Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx. Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada’s Road Safety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/ securiteroutiere (French speakers). To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122. Technical and consumer information 9-15 TELEMATICS OVERVIEW In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs) discussed elsewhere in this Owner’s Manual, this vehicle is equipped with electronic modules that monitor, control and record data concerning various vehicle systems, including the motor, batteries, braking and electrical systems. Other electronic modules record information concerning driving conditions, including idling, braking, acceleration, trip and other related data, information about your use of the car and its features such as air conditioner or headlight usage, diagnostic trouble codes, vehicle charging, vehicle speed, direction and/or location. Some of this data is stored by the vehicle for use during vehicle servicing. Other data concerning your vehicle’s operation and performance is wirelessly transmitted by cellular connection through the vehicle onboard telematics system upon vehicle start-up or at other intervals to NISSAN. This data may be used by NISSAN for various purposes, including: to provide you with CARWINGS™ services (see LEAF Navigation System Owner’s Manual for details); troubleshooting; evaluation of your vehicle’s quality, functionality and performance; analysis and research by NISSAN designed to, among other things, optimize performance of future electric vehicles including improvements in future battery life; to 9-16 Technical and consumer information offer you new or additional products or services; and as otherwise may be required by law. Such data may be shared with NISSAN’s parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assignees; authorized NISSAN certified LEAF dealers; NISSAN’s marketing partners; your fleet company, if your vehicle is a fleet vehicle; your rental company, if your vehicle is a rental vehicle; and third party service providers such as cellular, information systems and data management providers. State laws allow access and use of data recorded by vehicle devices with the consent of the vehicle owner or pursuant to subscription agreement. While you are not required to allow such access and use, if you do not so agree NISSAN may be unable under applicable law to activate the vehicle telematics system in your vehicle, and certain features of your vehicle which are dependent on vehicle telematics will not operate as intended or designed. These may include features such as automatic charging station map updates, remote battery state of charge check, charging complete notice, remote plug in reminder, remote charging on, remote climate control on, drive route planning, driving tips to improve range, driving history, billing simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest, maintenance reminders, etc. Other features that may be developed and offered by NISSAN in the future may also not function without telematics data transmission. CARWINGS™ telematics services are provided by NISSAN pursuant to a subscription services agreement covering your vehicle. This agreement is necessary for all owners. This agreement, and an explanation of its terms and conditions, can be found at the NISSAN Owner’s Portal webpage. Further, the operator of the vehicle must also touch [OK] on the Navi screen to indicate assent each time he or she starts the car. If you decide at any time that you do not want your vehicle to transmit data to NISSAN, you can deactivate the telematics account associated with this vehicle by canceling the subscription services agreement by visiting the NISSAN Owner’s Portal Webpage or calling NISSAN at 1-877NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738). The service can be reactivated later upon request if you choose. Simply visit the same website or call the number above. Alternatively, you can turn off the transmission of certain categories of data through the use of settings found in the Navigation system under Menu, CARWINGS™, Vehicle Information Sharing with NISSAN. Note, turning off “Vehicle Information Sharing with NISSAN” will only disable the automatic sharing of information at vehicle start-up. Certain categories of data may still be transmitted if vehicle telematics features are accessed either in the vehicle or remotely. Your agreement to the transmission and use of data by NISSAN can be provided in various ways. The vehicle is equipped with a “pop up” screen on the vehicle navigation system that will ask for your consent to this data transfer. A version of the following message will appear: “Pursuant to subscription agreement, your vehicle wirelessly transmits recorded vehicle data to NISSAN for various purposes, including CARWINGS™ services, product evaluation, research and development. By pressing OK, you consent to the transmission and use of your vehicle data. See Owner’s Manual or NISSAN Owner’s portal webpage for terms and details.” If you press [OK], your vehicle will transmit data as designed in connection with the vehicle telematics system. If you press [Decline] your vehicle will not transmit data. However, the telematics features referenced above, and perhaps others, will not be available to you. The vehicle’s static navigation system will remain operational, and you will be able to access your radio and climate controls. Telematics features are dependent on cellular data transmission. Some areas may have limited or no cellular connectivity, resulting in a loss or interruption of data transmission and, as a result, certain features may be temporarily unavailable. Even if areas with good signal reception, cellular connectivity can be adversely affected by things such as tall buildings, apartments, tunnels, underground parking, mountainous areas, etc. Even if the signal strength bar of the in-vehicle data communication module indicates good reception, connectivity may be disrupted. This does not indicate a malfunction. Operate the system again after a few minutes to restore connectivity. CARWINGS™ telematics features are offered as a convenience to the vehicle owner. NISSAN is not responsible for, and owner assumes all risk of, interruptions in service or errors based on incomplete or inaccurate data. CARWINGS™ communications may be received at a verified e-mail address or by SMS/text messaging-enabled mobile phone. Standard text rates and/or data usage may apply depending on your carrier. will automatically terminate at the end of the initial free term if you do not wish to renew your subscription agreement at the prices then in effect. If your vehicle’s telematics account is active, and you are not the original owner, please contact NISSAN at the website or phone number above as soon as possible to update the telematics enrollment information. Upon sale of the vehicle, please contact NISSAN at the website or phone number above so that NISSAN’s records may be updated. CARWINGS™ subscription services Technical and consumer information 9-17 OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION EVENT DATA RECORDER (EDR) This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. • Sounds are not recorded. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. 9-18 Technical and consumer information NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN certified LEAF dealer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law. Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be purchased. In the USA: For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact: 1-800-450-9491 www.nissan-techinfo.com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals contact: 1-800-247-5321 In Canada: To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this model year and prior please contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For the phone number and location of a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you. 10 Index A ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . .5-21 Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . .1-40 Air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40 Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . .1-40 Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42 Front-seat mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . . . .1-45 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . . . .1-45 Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48 Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-48, 2-18 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-9 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . .9-3 Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . .5-21 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Exterior appearance care . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Automatic climate control (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17 Automatic climate control (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . .5-5 B Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 Intelligent Key battery . . . . . . . . . . .8-19 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . .2-7 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . .5-21 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 BRAKE system warning light (yellow). .2-14 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . .2-15 BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . . . . .2-14 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21 C Cabin air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16 Capacities and recommended lubricants. . . .9-2 Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Charge timer OFF switch. . . . . . . . .2-49 Charge connector lock switch . . . . . . . . .2-49 Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Charging related indicator light . . . .CH-33 Charging timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Normal charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Precautions on charging . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-15 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Charging related indicator light . . . . . . .CH-33 Charging related remote function . . . . . .CH-31 Charging status indicator light . . . . . . .CH-33 Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Charging troubleshooting guide. . . . . . .CH-38 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Checking coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . .1-17 Top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . .7-2, 7-4 Climate control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16 Climate control service. . . . . . . . . . .4-16 Climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . .4-16 In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16 Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 Climate control operation . . . . . . . . . .4-7 Climate Ctrl. Timer . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12, 4-19 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11 Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Capacities and recommended lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Changing coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Checking coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 10-2 Index Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 D Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Dot matrix liquid crystal display . . . . . . . . .2-22 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Precautions when starting and driving. . .5-2 Driving range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 E ECO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 ECO indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Emergency charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off. .5-9, 6-2 Emergency shutoff system . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Emission control information label . . . . . . . .9-8 EV Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Event Data Recorder (EDR). . . . . . . . . . .9-18 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25 F Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . .6-2 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Floor mat cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Capacities and recommended lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . .9-8 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Front passenger air bag and status light . . . .1-42 Front seat, Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 G Garage door open, HomeLink® Universal . . .2-58 Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 ECO indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . .2-9 Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . .2-10 Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . .2-7 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Power meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 H Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Heated seat switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . . . .2-45 High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-7 Hill Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Hill Start Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 HomeLink® universal transceiver. . . . . . . .2-58 Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 How to quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-15 How to trickle charge (if so equipped). . . .CH-11 I If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . Remote keyless operation . . . . . . Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOFIX child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 .CH-31 . .2-37 . .4-16 . .2-19 . .2-23 . .3-22 . .2-41 . . .2-4 . .3-13 . .3-13 . .8-23 . .2-56 . .1-18 J Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 K Keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48 Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . .1-48 Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-9 Emission control information label . . . . .9-8 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. .9-8 Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8 Tire and Loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27, 9-9 Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .9-7 LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 License plate, Installing front license plate . . .9-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48 Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21 Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . .8-22 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Light reminder warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . . .2-9 Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . .2-10 Index 10-3 Li-ion battery status check . . . . . . . . . .CH-31 Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . . . . .2-7 Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Limited power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33 Loading information (See vehicle loading information). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Long life mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-26 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . .2-16 Low tire pressure warning system (See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) . . . . . .5-2 Luggage side hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 M Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 12-volt battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . . .2-34 Inside vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . .8-2 Outside vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 10-4 Index Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) . . . . .3-3 Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Inside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, 9-6 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 N NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . .3-6, 5-7 Key operating range of the door lock/unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . .2-37 Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Occasional charge. . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Public charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 O Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Capacities and recommended lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Opening rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10 Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 P Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7, 5-8 Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . .EV-7 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Road accident precautions . . . . . . . .EV-8 Seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . .1-34 When starting and driving . . . . . . . . . .5-2 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Q Quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-15 R Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock . . .3-6 Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . .2-40 Reduction gear fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Remote charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-31 Remote climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23 Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 Repairing tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 S Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Scene guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 At home after driving . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 Before driving your vehicle (models with navigation system). . . . . . . . . .EV-13 Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . .EV-10 Driving the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 Parking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-21 Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17 Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . .1-3 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Seat belt(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . .1-7 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Seat belt hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . .1-47 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . .1-13 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Seat(s), Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), EV system start . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Servicing climate control . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Electric shift control system . . . . . . . .5-11 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Soft bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Solar cell module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Precautions when starting and driving. . .5-2 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . .1-42 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Tilting steering column . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . .1-48 Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-48, 2-18 Index 10-5 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . .1-34 Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-34 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Charge timer OFF switch . . . . . . . . .2-49 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .6-2 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 T Telematics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . .2-7 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), traction motor start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . .2-16 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Low tire pressure warning system . . . . .5-2 10-6 Index Tire and Loading information label . . .8-27, 9-9 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31 Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 6-3 Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .9-14 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20 Tether strap child restraints . . . . . . . .1-20 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . .5-2 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . .6-3 Traction motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8 Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . .9-8 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Transceiver, HomeLink® Universal . . . . . . .2-58 Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 Type of charge and how to charge the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-5 U Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Unplugged status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-31 V Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . .9-7 Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Recovery (freeing stuck vehicle) . . . . .6-15 Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system .5-22 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light .2-19 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 W Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .6-2 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . .2-23 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 6-3 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Warning information displays . . . . . . .2-32 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . .0-11 Warning information displays . . . . . . . . . .2-32 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels. . . . .1-48 Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48 Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-48, 2-18 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . .2-14 BRAKE warning light (red). . . . . . . . .2-15 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . .2-16 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 Windshield wiper and washer switch . .2-38 Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . .9-6 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . .7-3 Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . .2-38 Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Pulling up the wiper arm . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . .8-15 Windshield wiper and washer switch . .2-38 Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13, 8-14 Index 10-7 NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES CHARGING INFORMATION COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver’s door. For additional information, see ⬙Wheels and tires⬙ in the ⬙Maintenance and do-it-yourself⬙ section. 2013 NISSAN LEAF 2013 LEAF OWNER'S MANUAL ZE0-D ZE0-D Printing: January 2013 (08) Publication No.: OM3E 0ZE0U0 Printed in USA For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.